Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Dolby Laboratories

Dolby Laboratories

dlb · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker dlb
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Dolby Laboratories
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Dolby Laboratories

ANNUAL REPORT 2005

To Our Stockholders:

Fiscal 2005 was a year of change and progress for Dolby Laboratories. After going public on the New York Stock
Exchange in February—marking a new and important chapter in our forty-year history—we achieved solid financial
performance, leveraged our brand into new and diversified markets, and delivered on our reputation for technology
leadership and innovation. 

Fiscal 2005 was a successful year for us financially. Total revenues grew 13 percent to a record $328 million. 
Dolby’s profitability remained strong with 84 percent licensing gross margins, 76 percent total gross margins, 
26 percent operating margins, and earnings of $0.50 per diluted share. In addition, we generated $80 million in cash
from operations and ended the year with a balance of $372 million in cash and equivalents.  

During the year, we expanded our technology portfolio and diversified into new markets by leveraging our strong
industry positions and our well-known brand. In our core consumer electronics market, both next-generation DVD
formats will include Dolby Digital. In addition, Dolby Digital Plus and Dolby TrueHD are mandated standards in 
HD DVD and optional in Blu-ray Discs. 

We experienced similar success in the broadcasting market, as the Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC)
added Dolby Digital Plus to their digital television standard for new delivery systems in North America. In Europe, 
the European Broadcasters Union recommended Dolby Digital 5.1 audio decoding in new televisions and set-top
boxes that receive HDTV signals. Today, 61 European broadcasters feature Dolby Digital multichannel sound on their
satellite, cable, and digital terrestrial services. In Asia, China’s Shanghai Media Group announced that it will feature
Dolby Digital 5.1, making it the first company in this rapidly emerging market to broadcast in Dolby Digital 5.1
surround sound. 

We have also made significant progress in the personal computer, gaming, automotive, and mobile markets. In the
PC market, we launched our PC Entertainment Experience, working with Intel and systems integrators to provide
Dolby technology and quality testing in next-generation Intel-based motherboards. In gaming, Microsoft announced
that its Xbox 360 console will include Dolby Digital surround sound for both games and movies. In the automotive
market, Dolby Pro Logic II has been included as an option in 43 models worldwide, and Volvo has announced that it
will include Dolby Pro Logic II in its entire line of cars. Finally, our subsidiary Via Licensing is benefiting from the
inclusion of the AAC-based compression technology in the Apple iPod and other music-based devices.

Dolby’s success in these consumer markets is largely due to our history of innovation. In 2005, we continued to
innovate in the consumer as well as the professional realms. In addition to recent developments in the consumer
market, including Dolby Headphone, Dolby TrueHD, and Dolby Virtual Speaker technologies, we introduced a
significant product in the professional market: the Dolby Digital Cinema system. Dolby Digital Cinema provides the
highest-quality digital experience available to cinema operators and moviegoers. Earlier this year, we teamed up with
Lucasfilm and Twentieth Century Fox to feature Star Wars: Episode III—Revenge of the Sith on our digital equipment in
key theatres throughout Europe and the United States. In November, we led the rollout of 84 installations featuring
our digital equipment in conjunction with Disney Studios’ release of Chicken Little in 3-D. This was the largest US
implementation for the industry—it included 22 theatre chains and 38 US markets—and demonstrated to partners,
moviegoers, and our diverse customer base that we remain as committed as ever to enabling the highest-quality
entertainment experience possible.

Our success across this broad range of professional and consumer markets is diversifying our revenue stream while
we remain focused on our long-term objective of being an essential element in the best entertainment technologies
used by professionals and consumers. Through our focus on innovation, diversified markets, and a strong financial
model, we are firmly committed to delivering value to our stockholders.

We thank our employees for your dedication and hard work throughout our first year as a publicly traded company,
and thank you, our stockholders, for your valued support.

Sincerely, 

Bill Jasper, President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________ 

FORM 10-K 
____________________ 

    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2005  

OR 

    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the Transition Period From _______ To _______ 

Commission File Number: 001-32431 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

90-0199783 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

100 Potrero Avenue 
San Francisco, CA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

94103-4813 
( Zip Code) 

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code) (415) 558-0200 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

       Title of each class 

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value  

Name of each exchange on which registered 

The New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of 

the Securities Act.  Yes 

 No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or 

Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes 

 No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days.  Yes 

 No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 
229.405  of  this  chapter)  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant's 
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  Registrant  is  an  accelerated  filer  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 

Exchange Act).  Yes 

 No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  shell  company  (as  defined  in  Rule  12b−2  of  the 

Exchange Act).   Yes 

 No 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  as  of 
April 1, 2005 was $808,561,206. This calculation excludes the shares of Class A and Class B common stock 
held by executive officers, directors and stockholders whose ownership exceeds 5% of the Class A and Class 
B  common  stock  outstanding  at  April  1,  2005.  This  calculation  does  not  reflect  a  determination  that  such 
persons are affiliates for any other purposes. 

On  December  13,  2005  the  Registrant  had  34,175,120  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  and  70,478,187 

shares of Class B common stock outstanding.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions  of  the  registrant's  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  with  the  Commission  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant's 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed subsequent 
to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will 
be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
registrant's fiscal year ended September 30, 2005. 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item1 – Business.....................................................................................................  

Item1A – Risk Factors ............................................................................................  

Item1B – Unresolved Staff Comments ...................................................................  

Item 2 – Properties..................................................................................................  

Item 3 – Legal Proceedings.....................................................................................  

Item 4 – Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. .............................  

PART II 

Item 5 – Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder 

Matters......................................................................................................  

Item 6 – Selected Financial Data ............................................................................  

Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 

and Results of Operation ..........................................................................  

Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............  

Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.........................................  

Item 9 – Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting 

and Financial Disclosure ....................................................................  

Item 9A – Controls and Procedures ........................................................................ 

Item 9B – Other Information .................................................................................. 

4 

17 

35 

35 

35 

35 

36 

38 

42 

56 

57 

82 

82 

82 

PART III 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10 – Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant ................................ 

Item 11 – Executive Compensation ........................................................................ 

Item 12 – Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

and Related Stockholder Matters.............................................................. 

Item 13 – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................................... 

Item 14 – Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................. 

PART IV 

Item 15 – Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .......................................... 

Signatures ............................................................................................................... 

83 

83 

83 

83 

83 

84 

86 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Overview  

Dolby Laboratories develops and delivers innovative products and technologies that make the entertainment 
experience more realistic and immersive in theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Since Ray Dolby founded Dolby 
Laboratories  40  years  ago,  we  have  been  at  the  forefront  of  developing  sound  technologies  that  enhance  the 
entertainment  experience  for  audiences  and  consumers.  Our  objective  is  to  be  an  essential  element  in  the  best 
entertainment technology by delivering to both professionals and consumers innovative and enduring technologies 
that enrich the entertainment experience. Our technologies are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to 
faithfully recreate the original audio experience and enable digital audio and surround sound in applications such as 
movie  soundtracks,  DVDs,  television,  satellite  and  cable  broadcasts,  video  games  and  personal  computers.  Our 
technologies have been adopted as standards throughout the entertainment industry. For example, virtually all major 
movie  soundtracks  throughout  the  world  are  encoded  using  our  technologies  and  virtually  all  DVD  players 
incorporate our technologies.  

Dolby Entertainment Chain  

We deliver products, services and technologies throughout the entertainment chain, including to filmmakers, 
television producers, music producers, video game designers, movie distributors, cinema operators, DVD producers, 
television broadcasters, software developers and manufacturers of consumer electronic products. We participate in 
every link in the entertainment chain through the products we manufacture, the production services we provide and 
the technologies we license. In addition, the Dolby brand is recognized and used at each link in the chain.  

Content creation and distribution 

Our products and production services help artists and content producers create realistic and intense sound. Our 
technologies also help maintain sound quality while simultaneously enabling it to fit within the storage capacity and 
distribution limitations of the particular recording medium.  Filmmakers use our proprietary encoding products and 
services during post-production to help ensure that their movie soundtracks are recorded properly and will play back 
in theatres as the filmmaker envisions. Once a film has been completed, distributors use our products and services to 
create  foreign  language  versions.  Our  global  presence  enables  us  to  work  closely  with  filmmakers  and  studios 
throughout  the  world  to  help  them  accurately  capture  the  filmmaker’s  vision  on  the  recorded  soundtrack.    In 
addition,  we  provide  digital  cinema  content  preparation  services,  acting  as  a  technical  agent  for  our  clients  by 
following  the  content  from  start  to  the  finish  and  providing  compression  mastering  and  distribution  media 
preparation, distribution and verification services.   

Television  producers  and  broadcasters  throughout  the  world  purchase  and  use  our  professional  encoders, 
decoders and processors to record and transmit both recorded and live television programming with surround sound.  

With the advent of DVD technologies, music content is increasingly being produced in digital surround sound 
through the use of our encoding products. In addition, with the proliferation of home theatre systems with surround 
sound  capabilities,  video  game  designers  are  increasingly  using  our  encoding  products  to  produce  games  with 
surround sound.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
Large-scale public playback  

Cinema  operators  purchase  and  use  our  cinema  processors,  cinema  adapters  and  sound  readers  to  decode 
movie soundtracks encoded in Dolby SR or Dolby Digital, and our digital cinema products to load, store, decode, 
and deliver digital movies to digital cinema projectors.  Our cinema processors can decode both analog and digital 
soundtracks  on  the  film  and  separate  the  different  sound  channels  for  distribution  to  the  specific  speakers  in  the 
theatre. The sound characteristic and level of each loudspeaker are also vital elements of a theatre’s sound system 
that  are  controlled  by  our  cinema  processors.  Our  engineers  are  often  hired  by  the  film’s  distributor  to  check  the 
calibration of a theatre’s sound system for important screenings, such as premieres and press screenings. In addition, 
our engineers can help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise.    

Consumer media production and distribution 

Movies  and  other  types  of  entertainment  such  as  television  programs  are  often  repackaged  for  viewing  on 
DVDs. DVD producers purchase and use our professional encoders to encode the source audio on a DVD so that the 
soundtrack can be replayed as originally recorded on the master copy. Our digital audio coding technologies enable 
sound to be stored efficiently within the limited storage capacity of the DVD, allowing high picture quality while 
saving space on the disc for foreign language soundtracks, directors’ commentaries and other bonus material. Dolby 
Digital  is  one  of  the  two  global  standard  formats,  along  with  PCM,  approved  by  the  DVD  Forum  for  encoding 
soundtracks on DVD-Video discs, and as a result virtually all DVD players incorporate our Dolby Digital decoding 
technology.   

We allow motion picture studios and other DVD distributors the right to place the Dolby trademark on their 
film  prints  and  the  packaging  of  their DVDs.    Packaged  media  that  incorporate our  technologies,  including video 
games and DVD-Audio, also generally carry our trademarks. 

Broadcasters  purchase  and  use  our  professional  broadcasting  products  to  encode  program  content  for 
television, cable and satellite broadcast transmissions to deliver to their audiences high quality surround sound. Our 
digital  audio  compression  technologies  also  enable  sound  to  be  recorded  and  transmitted  efficiently,  which  is 
especially important in the broadcast industry because transmission bandwidth is limited. Our broadcasting products 
also can facilitate the editing and routing of surround sound in transmission facilities originally designed for stereo 
audio. Our decoding and monitoring products help content creators evaluate accurately how their soundtracks will 
be  reproduced  in  broadcast  transmissions.  Our  sound  engineers  can  provide  training,  broadcast  system  design 
expertise  and  on-site  technical  expertise  to  broadcasters  throughout  the  world.  Dolby  Digital  audio  is  the  sound 
format standard for digital terrestrial and cable television in North America. In addition, in Europe, Australia and 
Asia, broadcasters have the option of including Dolby Digital audio with their digital broadcast services under the 
digital video broadcasting or the Advanced Television Systems Committee standards. Our broadcasting technologies 
have  also  been  used  in  North  America  and  Europe  in  connection  with  radio  services  that  are  delivered  through 
satellite and cable systems.  

Consumer playback  

We  license  our  surround  sound  decoding  technologies  to  manufacturers  of  DVD  players,  DVD  recorders, 
home  theatre  systems,  television  sets,  set-top  boxes,  video  game  consoles,  portable  audio  and  video  players, 
personal computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products, as well as developers of 
software  for  personal  computers.    Our  licensees  manufacture  and  distribute  consumer  electronics  products 
incorporating  our  technology  throughout  the  world.  Our  trademarks  are  included  on  content  and  consumer 
electronics  products,  incorporating  our  technologies,  so  content  providers  and  manufacturers  can  indicate  to 
consumers that their products meet the technical and quality standards we have set. In some cases our licensees sell 
products that incorporate our technologies to other manufacturers who incorporate these products in cars, personal 
computers or other products that are then sold to consumers.  

For many types of consumer electronics products, our technologies are included in explicit industry standards, 
meaning that industry standards-setting bodies have mandated the inclusion of these technologies in a particular type 
of product. In addition, Dolby technologies are de facto industry standards in many consumer electronics products, 
meaning that although not specifically mandated by an industry standards board, these technologies are nevertheless 
widely  adopted  for  a  particular  type  of  product.  For  example,  virtually  all  audio/video  receivers  incorporate  our 
Dolby Digital Pro Logic decoding technologies.  

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 Our Strategy  

Our objective is to be an essential element in the best entertainment technology. We intend to capitalize on our 
innovative culture, our strong industry relationships, our global market presence and our strong brand to continue 
developing and delivering innovative, enduring technologies for both professionals and consumers that help make 
entertainment more realistic, intense and immersive in theatres, at home, in cars and elsewhere. Key elements of our 
strategy include:  

Expanding markets for surround sound  

Dolby Stereo, Dolby Surround, Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus have created a consumer expectation for 
surround  sound  in  high-quality  entertainment.  We  intend  to  continue  to  promote  the  expansion  of  markets  for 
surround  sound.  In  addition  to  home  theatre  systems,  we  are  promoting  the  continued  adoption  of  our  surround 
sound  technologies  in  video  game  consoles,  personal  audio  and  video  players,  personal  computers,  in-car 
entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products. We also believe that the large and growing installed 
base  of  surround  sound  systems  offers  attractive  opportunities  for  content  providers  to  deliver  surround  sound  in 
new applications, regardless of whether the content is played back from a recording, such as a DVD, broadcast by 
television, satellite or cable, or streamed over the Internet. In particular, we intend to broaden our presence in the 
broadcast industry, as this industry increasingly produces live and recorded programming in surround sound. As the 
entertainment industry increasingly delivers content directly to consumers over broadband networks, we are working 
with content providers to include surround sound technologies in their Internet entertainment, including audio-only 
entertainment, movie downloads and on-line games.  We are also considering the potential for Dolby technologies to 
be included in mobile devices as they increasingly include entertainment functionality. 

Continuing to address the needs of industry professionals  

We  believe  that  technology  innovations  for  entertainment  will  likely  continue  to  be  adopted  first  for 
professional  use  as  filmmakers,  music  producers,  broadcasters  and  video  game  designers  look  for  ways  to  excite 
their audiences. We intend to continue to collaborate with industry professionals at each link in the entertainment 
chain  to  develop  new  technologies  that  facilitate  and  improve  content  recording,  distribution  and  playback.  Our 
professional-level technology solutions often have applicability to the consumer arena. When they do, we intend to 
continue  to  adapt  these  technologies  for  use  in  consumer  applications.  Our  noise  reduction,  surround  sound  and 
digital  audio  technologies  were  all  initially  developed  for  professional  use  and  later  adapted  for  use  in  consumer 
electronics products. We believe that our success in developing technologies for professional use contributes greatly 
to the capabilities and attractiveness of our technologies in the consumer arena and also to the strength of our brand. 
We also believe that the use of our technologies by professionals in the creation and distribution of content creates 
demand for the adoption of our technologies for use in consumer applications.  

Developing system solutions for digital cinema  

The cinema industry is in the early stages of adopting digital cinema, an all digital medium for the distribution 
and exhibition of movies. Digital cinema offers the industry possible means to achieve substantial cost savings in 
printing and distributing movies, to combat piracy and to enable movies to be played repeatedly without degradation 
in image or sound quality. We are committed to this transition, and we believe that our experience and expertise in 
providing technology solutions for both the motion picture and broadcast industries position us well to develop and 
deliver  sound  and  image  technologies  for  digital  cinema.  Motion  picture  studios  currently  use  our  digital  cinema 
mastering  services  at  our  facilities  in  Southern  California  and  the  United  Kingdom  to  prepare  movies  for  digital 
release, and filmmakers can review sound and image quality in our digital cinema screening rooms. In addition, our 
engineers assist motion picture studios and cinema operators with distributing and presenting digital movies, from 
site  surveys  and  equipment  installations  to  content  loading  and  verification.  Regardless  of  how  quickly  digital 
cinema is adopted, we believe that digital cinema also provides opportunities for the development of innovations to 
enhance  the  theatrical  experience  further,  innovations  that  may  also  have  applicability  to  broadcasting  and  the 
consumer arena.  

Developing technologies for the entertainment industry beyond sound  

We believe that our long history of developing innovative technology solutions for the entertainment industry 
and our well-established relationships with industry participants provide us with opportunities to deliver technology 
solutions in areas beyond sound. In recent years we have expanded our business to offer technologies to facilitate 
delivery  of  digital  entertainment,  including  digital  cinema  technologies  for  processing  digital  moving  images  and 
content protection. We intend to explore avenues to apply the technologies for digital cinema to the broadcast and 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
consumer  arenas,  as  we  believe  they  have  the  potential  to  provide  significant  benefits  beyond  the  motion  picture 
industry. In addition, we are exploring other areas where we may be able to develop and deliver technologies that 
enrich  the  entertainment  experience,  including  technologies  for  home  networking,  mobile  devices  and  wireless 
connectivity and technologies that facilitate ease of use of products and product features.  

Continuing to promote adoption of our technologies in industry standards  

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the 
adoption of global technical standards, and we intend to continue to actively seek to have our technologies adopted 
in  industry  standards.  We  intend  to  continue  to  develop,  maintain  and  strengthen  our  relationships  with  a  broad 
spectrum of entertainment industry participants, professional organizations and standards-setting bodies throughout 
the world to help guide the development of new industry standards, as well as the direction of our own technologies 
to meet those standards. When appropriate, we intend to continue to be active in standards-setting bodies. We also 
intend  to  maintain  our  neutrality  and  not  align  ourselves  exclusively  with  other  industry  participants  in  order  to 
facilitate the adoption of our technologies in industry standards.  

Building on the strength of the Dolby brand  

We intend to continue to enhance and build on the strength of the Dolby brand and our reputation as a trusted 
provider  of  entertainment  technologies  for  professional  and  consumer  applications.  We  actively  encourage  our 
customers to place our trademarks on their products in conjunction with the inclusion of our premier technologies 
which we license separately. In particular, we provide marketing materials such as posters, trailers and plaques to 
cinema  operators  for  exhibition  in  their  theatres  to  help them  promote  the  quality  of experience  that  is  associated 
with  our  brand.  We  also  have  been  working  with  personal  computer  and  car  manufacturers  to  incorporate  our 
technologies  in  and  display  our  trademark  on  their  personal  computers  and  in-car  entertainment  systems.  The 
inclusion of the Dolby trademark on a product informs audiences and consumers that the product incorporates our 
technologies  and  meets  our  quality  standards,  and  we  believe  this  helps  consumer  electronics  manufacturers  sell 
their products. We intend to continue to increase the use of our trademarks throughout the entertainment chain so 
that  entertainment  industry  professionals  and  consumers  alike  will  know  that  we  have  helped  ensure  consistent 
quality as content moves through the chain. We believe that the strength of our brand in the entertainment industry 
also assists us in expanding our business to include technologies that are not solely related to sound. For example, 
we believe that the likelihood of succeeding with our digital cinema initiative is increased because the Dolby brand 
is already well known and well respected in the motion picture industry, as is our history of delivering innovative, 
yet practical, solutions in response to technology challenges.  

How We Derive Revenue  

We conduct our business in two segments: selling professional products and related production services and 

licensing our technologies to manufacturers of consumer electronics products and software developers.  

In  our  products  and  production  services  segment,  we  design,  manufacture  and  sell  audio  products  for  the 
motion picture, broadcast, music and video game industries to improve sound quality, provide surround sound and 
increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. The majority of our professional product revenue is derived 
from  sales  of  cinema  processors,  used  by  theatres  to  decode  digital  and  analog  film  soundtracks  that  have  been 
encoded using Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies. Our sound engineers work alongside filmmakers, television 
broadcasters, music producers and video game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the 
sound they envision. Our sound engineers provide training, system design expertise and on-site technical expertise 
to cinema operators to help them configure their theatres and sound equipment to ensure that movie soundtracks are 
replayed  with  consistent  high  sound  quality.  We  also  collect  fees  for  administering  third-party  “patent  pools.”  In 
fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, our professional products and services revenue represented 27%, 27% and 25% of our 
total revenue, respectively.  

In  our  technology  licensing  segment,  we  license  our  technologies  to  manufacturers  of  DVD  players,  DVD 
recorders,  audio/video  receivers,  television  sets,  set-top  boxes,  video  game  consoles,  personal  audio  and  video 
players,  personal  computers,  in-car  entertainment  systems  and  other  consumer  electronics  products,  as  well  as  to 
developers of software for personal computer software DVD players. Our licensing arrangements typically entitle us 
to receive a specified royalty for every product shipped by our licensees that incorporate our technologies. In fiscal 
2003, 2004 and 2005 our licensing revenue represented 73%, 73% and 75% of our total revenue, respectively.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Technology  

Our  core  technologies  are  signal  processing  systems  that  improve  basic  sound  quality  or  enable  surround 
sound  in  movie  soundtracks,  DVDs,  video  games,  television,  satellite  and  cable  broadcasts,  and  audio  and 
videotapes.  Many  of  our  technologies  are  incorporated  into  professional  audio  products  that  we  manufacture, 
including cinema sound processors and digital audio encoders and decoders. These products are used worldwide in 
recording  and  postproduction  studios,  broadcast  facilities  and  theatres.  We  also  license  our  technologies  to 
manufacturers  of  consumer  electronics  products  for  incorporation  into  their  products,  including  DVD  players, 
audio/video  receivers,  television  sets,  set-top  boxes,  video  game  consoles,  personal  audio  players,  personal 
computers, in-car entertainment systems and other consumer electronics products.  

Film Sound  

Dolby's film sound formats are de facto standards around the world, and are used on all major film releases. 
Each and every movie carrying the Dolby logo benefits from Dolby's mastering support services, ensuring that the 
director's sound will be reproduced faithfully in the cinema. 

The following is a list of our film sound technologies:  

•  Dolby Digital - Features a digital optical soundtrack located between the sprocket holes on one side of 
35 mm release prints. Dolby Digital provides 5.1 digital audio surround sound, delivering five separate 
full  range  audio  channels  and  a  sixth  channel  for  low-frequency  effects.  A  Dolby  Digital  print  also 
carries a Dolby SR analog soundtrack to make the print compatible with any theatre that plays 35 mm 
film, even if it does not have Dolby Digital decoding equipment. 

•  Dolby  Digital  Surround  EX  -  Adds  a  third  surround  channel  to  the  Dolby  Digital  format.  The  third 
channel is reproduced by rear-wall surround speakers, while the left and right surround channels are 
reproduced by speakers on the side walls. 

•  Dolby  Stereo  -  Our  original  multi-channel  analog  optical  soundtrack.  Dolby  Stereo  prints  have  two 
soundtracks  encoded with  four  sound  channels:  left,  center  and  right  for  speakers  behind  the  screen, 
and a fourth surround channel for ambient sound and special effects heard over speakers to the sides 
and  rear  of  the  cinema.  This  format  also  uses  Dolby  noise  reduction  to  improve  the  fidelity  of  the 
optical track. The Dolby Stereo track was designed so that the print could be played in any theatre in 
the world that plays 35 mm film, even if the theatre did not have our decoding equipment. 

•  Dolby  SR  -  Enhancement  to  Dolby  Stereo,  utilizing  Dolby  SR  signal  processing  instead  of  A-type 
noise reduction. Dolby SR soundtracks feature a significantly improved dynamic range, and are found 
today on almost all major 35 mm release prints. 

Digital Audio Coding  

We  have  developed  digital  audio  coding  technologies  for  use  in  a  wide  range  of  entertainment  industries. 
Based on research into the characteristics of human hearing, the sophisticated algorithms used in our digital audio 
technologies make it possible to store or transmit digital audio using less data than would otherwise be necessary, 
without noticeable loss of sound quality.  

The following is a list of our digital audio coding technologies: 

•  Dolby AC-2 - Provides professional audio quality digital sound using less data and lower bandwidth, 
reducing the data capacity required in applications such as satellite and terrestrial transmissions. 

•  Dolby Digital AC-3 - Used to provide surround sound in theatres from 35 mm film, and in the home 
from  DVDs,  digital  broadcast  television,  cable  and  satellite  systems,  and  laser  discs.  Enables  the 
storage and transmission of up to five full-range audio channels, plus a low-frequency effects channel, 
using less data bandwidth than is required for just one channel of music on a compact disc. 

•  MLP Lossless - A “lossless” coding system specified for DVD-Audio that compacts data with bit-for-
bit accuracy. MLP, or Meridian Lossless Packing, effectively doubles disc space without affecting the 
quality of high-resolution PCM audio. 

•  Dolby  E  -  A  professional  digital  audio  coding  system  developed  to  assist  the  conversion  of  two-

channel broadcast facilities to multi-channel audio. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
•  Advanced  Audio  Coding  (AAC)  -  A  high-quality  audio  coding  technology  appropriate  for  many 
broadcast  and  electronic  music-distribution  applications.  Dolby  Laboratories  was  one  of  the  four 
developers  of  this  technology.  Although  we  have  developed  versions  of  AAC  technology  that  also 
incorporate our proprietary technologies, we generally participate in the licensing of AAC technology 
through patent pools comprised of groups of patents held by us and other companies and administered 
by  Via  Licensing,  one  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  See  “Technology  Licensing  Segment”  for 
further description of our patent pool licensing activities through Via Licensing. 

•  Dolby Digital Plus - Dolby Digital Plus is a new digital audio coding technology, built as an extension 
to Dolby Digital technologies. With the addition of new coding techniques and an expanded bitstream 
structure, Dolby Digital Plus offers greater efficiency for lower bitrates, as well as the option for more 
channels  and  higher  bitrates.  Dolby  Digital  Plus  can  support  a  wide  range  of  current  and  emerging 
applications  such  as  digital  television,  Internet  delivered  audio  for  interactive  programs  and  high 
definition  video  disc  formats.  Dolby  Digital  Plus  is  compatible  with  all  existing  Dolby  Digital-
equipped audio/video receivers. 

•  Dolby  TrueHD  –  Dolby  TrueHD  is  a  lossless  audio  delivery  format  that  delivers  bit-for-bit 
performance upon playback identical to the original studio master tapes. Dolby TrueHD expands upon 
core  MLP  Lossless  technology,  adding  metadata  capability  as  well  as  expanded  bitrate  and  discrete 
channel  offerings.    When  applied  to  HD  video  content,  the  coding  efficiencies  of  Dolby  TrueHD 
enable  content  providers  to  include  a  100%  lossless  audio  track  on  next  generation  optical  media 
without compromising, or sacrificing overall bit budget demands.  Dolby TrueHD implementations can 
also decode 5.1 channel DVD-Audio content, eliminating the need for a secondary audio decoder in 
universal-style DVD players.  

Analog Signal Processing Technologies  

Our  analog  signal  processing  technologies,  including  our  noise  reduction  technologies,  improve  the  sound 
quality of cassette tapes and film sound by reducing background noise and extending the overall dynamic range of 
analog media. 

Consumer Surround Sound  

 Our  consumer  surround  sound  technologies  process  analog  or  digital  signals  to  create  a  multi-channel 
surround  sound  experience  through  multiple  speakers  (generally  positioned  in  the  left,  center,  right,  and  right 
surround and left surround). In addition, our technologies can create the effect of surround sound through as few as 
two speakers. 

Content Protection Technologies  

We  offer  content  protection  technologies  and  services  to  the  entertainment  industry  under  the  Cinea  brand 
name. These technologies include encryption technology and forensic watermarking to track pirated material back to 
the source.  

Products and Production Services Segment  

Professional Products  

We  design  and  manufacture  professional  audio  products  for  a  broad  array  of  entertainment  industries, 
including the motion picture, music, video game, home video, broadcast and live sound industries. Our professional 
products,  which  are  distributed  in  over  50  countries,  are  used  in  content  creation,  distribution  and  playback  to 
provide  surround  sound,  improve  sound  quality  and  increase  the  efficiency  of  sound  storage  and distribution. We 
manufacture  our  professional  products  in  our  two  manufacturing  facilities,  located  in  Brisbane,  California  and 
Wootton  Bassett,  England.    We  outsource  the  manufacturing  of  our  secure  DVD  products  offered  by  one  of  our 
subsidiaries.  

Content  creators,  distributors  and  broadcasters.    Filmmakers,  music  producers,  video  game  designers, 
broadcasters  and  DVD  producers  use  our  professional  products  to  produce  and  distribute  entertainment 
incorporating  our  sound  technologies.  We  typically  enter  into  service  agreements  with  motion  picture  studios  or 
filmmakers in connection with the production of a particular film. Under these agreements, we provide our encoders 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
to  the  studio  for  use  during  sound  mixing,  enabling  them  to  create  films  with  Dolby  soundtracks  using  our 
proprietary technologies. We sell products to the digital television, music, video game and home video industries.  

Cinema Operators.    Cinema operators use our professional products to play motion picture soundtracks that have 
been produced using our sound technologies. In addition, we offer a suite of professional products which enables 
cinemas to store and playback films released in an all digital format.  

Professional Services  

We offer a variety of production services to support the motion picture, broadcast, recording and video game 
industries.  Our  sound  engineers  work  alongside  filmmakers,  television  broadcasters,  music  producers  and  video 
game designers to help them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. We enter into service 
agreements with filmmakers on a film-by-film basis to provide them with sound production services related to the 
preparation of a Dolby soundtrack, such as equipment calibration, mixing room alignment and equalization. Under 
these  service  agreements,  we  also  provide  a  Dolby  encoder  to  the  filmmaker  for  use  during  sound  mixing.  We 
sometimes also provide additional services under these service agreements, for an additional charge, such as print 
checking and theatre alignment for special screenings.  

Our  engineers  can  also  provide  training,  system  design  expertise  and  on-site  technical  expertise  to  cinema 
operators  throughout  the  world  to  help  them  configure  their  theatres  and  sound  equipment  to  ensure  that  movie 
soundtracks are replayed with consistent high sound quality. In addition, our engineers can also check the calibration 
of  a  theatre’s  sound  system  for  important  screenings,  such  as  premieres,  film  festivals  and  press  screenings.  Our 
engineers can also help optimize a theatre’s on-screen image using specialized test equipment and expertise.  

Technology Licensing Segment  

We  license  our  technologies  to  manufacturers  of  consumer  electronics  products.  Generally,  we  utilize  two 
models in our licensing business—a two-tier model and an integrated model. We also license some of our patents as 
well as patents owned by other entities through patent pools.  

Two-Tier Licensing Model  

Most  of  our  licensing  business  consists  of  a  two-tier  licensing  model  whereby  our  technology  algorithms, 
embodied in C-language reference software code, are first provided under license to a semiconductor manufacturer 
who  incorporates  our  technologies  in  a  semiconductor  chip  such  as  an  integrated  circuit,  or  IC.  Our  licensed 
semiconductor manufacturers, which we refer to as “implementation licensees,” then sell their ICs to manufacturers 
of consumer electronics products which also hold licenses to use our technologies and which we refer to as “system 
licensees.”  Our  system  licensees  are  separately  licensed  by  us  to  make  and  sell  end-user  consumer  electronics 
products, such as cassette decks, DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers, television sets, set-top boxes, 
video game consoles, personal audio and video players, personal computers and in-car entertainment systems, that 
incorporate ICs purchased from our implementation licensees.  

Our implementation licensees may use our reference software and other licensed know-how directly, building 
and selling core technologies, such as ICs or software library modules. The implementation licensees pay us only a 
modest, one-time, up-front administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000, per license. In exchange, the 
licensee receives a licensing package, which includes certain information useful to build their implementation. Once 
the  licensee  has  built  its  implementation,  it  sends  us  a  sample  for  quality-control  certification.  If  we  certify  the 
implementation,  the  licensee  is  permitted  to  sell  the  approved  implementation  to  system  licensees.  We  do  not 
receive any royalties from implementation licensees.  

Our  system  licensees  pay  us  an  initial  fee  for  the  technologies  they  choose  to  license  from  us,  typically 
between $10,000 and $20,000. We deliver system licensees a licensing package that includes information useful in 
utilizing  our  technologies  in  their  products.  Once  a  system  licensee  has  built  a  prototype  of  a  product  that 
incorporates  our  technologies,  they  send  us  a  sample  for  quality-control  certification.  If  certified,  the  licensee  is 
permitted  to  buy  approved  implementations  from  any  implementation  licensee  and  to  sell  approved  products  to 
consumers. Unlike sales of ICs by implementation licensees, sales of consumer electronics products incorporating 
our technologies by system licensees are royalty bearing, generally based upon the number of units shipped by the 
system  licensees  that  incorporate  our  technologies.  We  have  licensing  arrangements  with  approximately  500 
electronics product manufacturers and software developer licensees located in nearly 30 countries, which typically 
entitle us to receive a royalty for every product incorporating our technologies shipped by them.  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Integrated Licensing Model  

In addition to our two-tier licensing model, we also license our technologies, again as embodied in C-language 
reference software code, to independent software vendors, or ISVs. These ISVs act as combined implementation and 
system  licensees,  and  incorporate  our  technologies  in  software  applications  such  as  personal  computer  software 
DVD players used in desktop or notebook computers. In these cases, the “implementation” and the “system” are one 
and the same, typically a software program compiled directly from our reference code. As with the two-tier licensing 
model, the ISV pays us an initial administrative fee, typically between $10,000 and $20,000. In exchange, the ISV 
receives  a  licensing  package,  which  includes  information  useful  in  order  to  incorporate  our  technologies  into  the 
ISV’s software program. Once the ISV has built their software product, they send us a sample for quality-control 
certification. If certified by us, the ISV is permitted to sell the certified product to consumers, subject to the payment 
of royalties to us for each unit shipped.  

Licensing of Patent Pools  

Through  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Via  Licensing,  we  administer  the  licensing  of  “patent  pools”  with 
patents owned by other companies. Some of the patent pools include our patents.  These patent pools allow product 
manufacturers  streamlined  access  to  certain  foundational  technologies,  including  aspects  of  audio  coding,  video 
coding, digital radio and wireless Ethernet technologies, among other technologies.  

Industry Standards  

We believe that the entertainment industry evolves toward an improved entertainment experience through the 
adoption of global technological standards. Industry standards may be created through formal “negotiated” standards 
processes, whereby governmental entities, industry standards bodies, trade associations and others evaluate and then 
select technology standards, which are then prescribed or, in certain cases, required for use by industry companies. 
We sometimes refer to these as “explicit” standards.  In addition, industry standards may be created through a “de 
facto” process, whereby a technology is introduced directly in the marketplace and becomes widely used by industry 
participants.  Certain of our technologies have been adopted as the explicit or de facto industry standards on both the 
professional  and  consumer  sides  of  our  business.    We  actively  participate  in  a  broad  spectrum  of  professional 
organizations and industry standards boards worldwide that establish explicit industry standards.   

Sales and Marketing  

Professional Products and Production Services  

We sell our professional products through sales channels dedicated to specific industries. For cinema products, 
we sell to a combination of dealers, distributors and original equipment manufacturers, as well as directly to theatres 
themselves.  Larger  theatre  chains,  such  as  AMC  and  Regal,  have  their  own  purchasing  departments  and  buy  our 
products directly. Smaller chains and independents typically make their purchases through distributors. We also sell 
our  professional  products  through  cinema  projector  manufacturers  that  also  act  as  distributors  for  other  cinema 
equipment  so  that  they  can  put  together  packages.  Companies  to  whom  we  sell  our  equipment  typically  have 
attended a training course in installation and alignment in order to ensure that our equipment is correctly installed 
and aligned, thus assuring a high quality experience for the audience.  

Our  professional  broadcast  products  are  sold  to  companies  specializing  in  broadcast  equipment,  as  well  as 
some  system  integrators  who  design  and  equip  complete  broadcast  installations.  We  also  sell  circuit  boards 
incorporating our broadcast technologies to other manufacturers to integrate into their own broadcast products. For 
large purchases, we also sell directly to the end-user.  

Marketing  for  both  our  cinema  and  broadcast  products  is  largely  done  at  industry  trade  shows  such  as  the 
Audio  Engineering  Society  exhibitions,  CineAsia,  Cinema  Expo,  International  Broadcasters  Convention,  National 
Association of Broadcasters, ShowEast and ShoWest. We also advertise in trade magazines on a limited basis.  

For production services, we deal directly with film production companies, which typically enter into service 
contracts  with  us  for  a  specific  film.  Under  the  terms  of  our  licensing  agreements,  we  provide  the  equipment 
required to perform the mastering to the film production companies. Any additional services provided, usually in the 
printing laboratory or in theatres, are then charged at our current engineering rates. We also provide digital cinema 
content preparation services acting as a technical agent for our clients by following the content from start to finish 
and providing compression mastering and distribution media preparation, distribution and verification services.  

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Consumer Licensing  

We sell and market our licensed technologies to a wide range of electronics product manufacturers through 
our account management team. This team markets our technologies to potential licensees on a worldwide basis from 
our headquarters in San Francisco and is supported by our liaison offices in Beijing, Hong Kong, London, Shanghai 
and Tokyo. We divide our sales and marketing efforts for our licensed technologies into different market segments: 
automotive,  broadcast,  consumer  electronics,  personal  computer  and  gaming.  In  the  consumer  electronics  market, 
we focus our sales and marketing efforts on manufacturers of consumer electronics products such as DVD players, 
DVD recorders, home theatre systems, audio/video receivers, and personal audio and video players. In the broadcast 
market, we market our technologies to makers of digital televisions and set-top boxes. In the automotive market, we 
market  our  technologies  directly  to  automotive  manufacturers,  as  well  as  manufacturers  of  after-market  in-car 
entertainment systems. In the personal computer market, we focus our marketing efforts on software developers, but 
also have begun to market our technologies directly to personal computer manufacturers. In the gaming market, we 
have a dedicated team of marketers who focus their efforts on game developers and publishers to ensure that content 
is encoded with our technology for playback on compatible game consoles.  

Research and Development  

For  40  years,  we  have  concentrated  research  and  development  on  audio  signal  processing  technologies. 
However,  we  have  recently  expanded  our  research  and  development  efforts  into  other  areas  important  for  future 
entertainment systems, including technologies for processing digital moving images and protecting content.  

The research division conducts applied research in sound, image and related signal processing technologies. 
By focusing on creation, proof of feasibility and early-stage prototyping of patentable new sound, image and related 
technologies,  the  research  division  serves  as  a  source  of  new  technologies  for  the  engineering  and  technology 
development teams in the professional and consumer divisions. The research division also helps identify, investigate 
and analyze new long-term opportunities, helps shape our technology strategy, and provides support for internally 
developed and externally acquired technologies.  

Engineering  and  technology  development  teams  in  the  professional  and  consumer  divisions  take  the 
technologies  developed  by  the  research  division  and  further  implement  such  technologies  in  our  professional 
products and licensed applications. Engineers in our professional division design and develop software and hardware 
products  and  systems  that  we  manufacture  and  sell  for  professional  applications.  Engineers  and  technology 
development  teams  in  the  consumer  division  primarily  focus  on  the  development  of  reference  designs,  typically 
software, for the technology implementations that we license for consumer, and some professional, applications. In 
addition, our professional and consumer divisions are also involved in the commercialization of technologies created 
by third parties that may be of interest to us.  

We conduct our research and development activities at a number of locations worldwide, including Burbank 
and  San  Francisco,  California,  Richmond,  Virginia,  Yardley,  Pennsylvania  and  Sydney,  Australia.  As  of 
September 30, 2005, we had approximately 169 employees involved in research and development. Our research and 
development  expenses  were  $18.3  million,  $23.5  million  and  $30.5  million,  in  fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005, 
respectively.  

Manufacturing  

Our  professional  product  manufacturing  process  is  a  low-volume,  material  intense,  low-labor  business 
operation, with core competencies of automation, quick set-ups, experienced personnel and product testing. Due to 
the complex nature of most of our professional products as well as the low-volume nature, we believe that we can 
best  ensure  quality  for  these  products  by  keeping  our  manufacturing  processes  in-house  and  not  outsourcing 
assembly or testing procedures.  We outsource the manufacturing of our secure DVD products because that product 
can benefit from the efficiencies and manufacturing cost structure afforded by a specialized manufacturer.  

We  manufacture  our  professional  products  primarily  in  our  two  manufacturing  facilities  located  in  Brisbane, 
California  and  Wootton  Bassett,  England.  While  both  facilities  manufacture  our  main  cinema  processors,  the 
Brisbane  facility  also  manufactures  most  of  the  professional  and  broadcast  products,  while  Wootton  Bassett 
manufactures  lower  volume  and  specialty  cinema  products.  By  having  the  same  types  of  equipment,  as  well  as 
assembly  and  testing,  in  both  locations,  we  are  able  to  balance  production  output  between  locations  to  meet 
customer demands 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our  manufacturing  process  is  a  circuit  board  assembly  operation,  meaning  we  do  not  manufacture  circuit 
boards  nor  do  we  fabricate  metal  products  in-house  as  those  activities  are  outsourced  to  multiple  suppliers  in  the 
United  States  and  in  Europe.  Our  product  quality  is  ensured  by  a  high  level  of  automation  to  eliminate  manual 
assembly  as  much  as  possible  and  provide  for  an  efficient  and  consistent  manufacturing  process.  Automated 
assembly capabilities include surface mount, through-hole and odd-form insertion. Our product testing includes in-
circuit testing of finished circuit boards, functional testing of all parameters in the engineering specifications, and 
final testing to ensure that the product meets the published specifications.  

We purchase components and fabricated parts from  multiple suppliers in the United States and Europe. We 
rely  on  sole  source  suppliers  for  some  of  the  components  that  we  use  to  manufacture  our  professional  products, 
including  certain  charged  coupled  devices,  light  emitting  diodes  and  digital  signal  processors.  We  source 
components and fabricated parts locally, but we also buy globally in order to ensure continued supply.  

Customers  

We  have  customers  in  a  wide  range  of  entertainment  industries,  on  both  the  professional  products  and 
production services side and the technology licensing side of our business. We sell our professional products either 
directly to the end user customer or, more commonly, through dealers and distributors. Our professional products 
and services end user customers include movie studios, cinema operators, film distributors, broadcasters, and video 
game designers. Our licensees include manufacturers of home audio/video products, set-top boxes, personal audio 
players, video game consoles, in-car entertainment systems and personal computer software DVD developers. 

Competition  

The  markets  for  entertainment  industry  technologies,  including  motion  picture,  broadcasting,  consumer 
electronics, computer, gaming and internet technologies, are highly competitive, and we face competitive threats and 
pricing  pressure  in  all  of  these  industries.  Our  competitors  in  our  products  and  services  business  include,  among 
other  companies,  Avica,  DTS,  Doremi,  EVS,  GDC,  Kodak,  Microsoft,  NEC,  Panastereo,  QuVis,  Sony  and 
UltraStereo. On the technology licensing side of our business, our competitors include Coding Technologies, DTS, 
Fraunhofer Institute for Integrated Circuits, Microsoft, Philips, RealNetworks, Sony, SRS Labs and Thomson. Other 
companies may become competitors in the future.  

We are unable to quantify our market share in any particular market in which we operate. Our products and 
services  span  the  audio  portions  of  several  separate  and  diverse  industries,  including  the  motion  picture, 
broadcasting and video game industries. The lack of clear definition of the markets in which our products, services 
and  technologies  are  sold  or  licensed,  the  basic  nature  of  our  technologies,  which  can  be  used  for  a  variety  of 
purposes,  and  the  diverse  nature  of  and  lack  of  detailed  reporting  by  our  competitors  makes  it  impracticable  to 
quantify our position.  

Intellectual Property  

We have a substantial base of intellectual property assets, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade 

secrets such as know-how.  

We have 928 individually issued patents and over 1,000 pending patent applications in nearly 35 jurisdictions 
throughout the world. Our issued patents are scheduled to expire at various times through February 2025. Of these, 
71 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, 48 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007 
and 19 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar 2008. We derive our licensing revenue principally from our Dolby 
Digital  technologies.  Patents  relating  to  our  Dolby  Digital  technologies  generally  expire  between  2008  and  2017, 
and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, expire between 2019 and 
2020.  In  addition,  the  last  patents  relating  to  Dolby  Digital  Live  technologies,  an  extension  of  Dolby  Digital,  are 
scheduled  to  expire  in  2021.  We  pursue  a  general  practice  of  filing  patent  applications  for  our  technology  in  the 
United States and various foreign countries where our customers manufacture, distribute, or sell licensed products. 
We actively pursue new applications to expand our patent portfolio to address new technology innovations. We have 
multiple patents covering unique aspects and improvements for many of our technologies.  

We  have  over  800  trademark  registrations  throughout  the  world  for  a  variety  of  word  marks,  logos  and 
slogans. Our marks cover our various products, technologies, improvements and features, as well as the services that 
we provide. Our trademarks are an integral part of our licensing program and licensees typically elect to place our 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
trademarks  on  their  products  to  inform  consumers  that  their  products  incorporate  our  technology  and  meet  our 
quality specifications.  Our trademarks include the following:  

Examples of our Word Trademarks  

• 
• 
• 
• 

Dolby 
Dolby Digital 
Dolby Headphone 
Dolby SR 

Dolby Surround 
EQ Assist 

• 
• 
•  MLP 
• 

Surround EX 

Examples of our Logo Trademarks  

We  actively  attempt  to  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights  both  domestically  and  in  foreign  countries. 
However, we have experienced problems in the past with consumer electronics product manufacturers, particularly 
in China, failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our technologies, and we 
expect to continue to experience such problems in the future. In addition, we have experienced similar problems in 
other  countries  where  intellectual  property  rights  are  not  as  respected  as  they  are  in  the  United  States,  Japan  and 
Europe.  

In  addition,  we  have  relatively  few  or  no  issued  patents  in  certain  countries.  For  example,  in  China  we  have 
only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we have no issued 
patents. Consequently, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India will depend 
on our ability to obtain patent rights in these counties, which is uncertain. Moreover, because of the limitations of 
the legal systems in many countries, the effectiveness of patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if 
any, is likewise uncertain. 

Employees  

As  of  September  30,  2005,  we  had  825  employees  worldwide  consisting  of  169  employees  in  research  and 
development, 356 employees in sales, marketing and support, 118 employees in manufacturing and distribution, and 
182 employees in general and administration. As of September 30, 2005, approximately 197 of our 825 employees 
were working outside of the United States. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. 
We believe that our employee relations are good.  

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Our  executive  officers  are  appointed  annually  by  our  Board  of  Directors  and  serve  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Board.  The names of our executive officers and their ages, titles, and biographies as of December 13, 2005 are set 
forth below:  

Executive Officers 

Age  

Position(s) 

Ray Dolby 

Bill Jasper 

Mark Anderson 

Steve Forshay 

Marty Jaffe 

72 

58 

47 

51 

52 

Founder and Chairman of the Board 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Senior Vice President, Research 

Executive Vice President, Business Affairs 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Tim Partridge 

Ed Schummer 

David Watts 

Kevin Yeaman 

43 

56 

53 

39 

Senior Vice President and General Manager, Professional Division 

Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Division 

Senior Vice President and Managing Director, United Kingdom Branch 

Chief Financial Officer 

Ray Dolby, founder and chairman of Dolby Laboratories, was born in Portland, Oregon and grew up on the San 
Francisco  peninsula.  From  1949  through  1952  he  worked  on  audio  and  instrumentation  projects  at  Ampex 
Corporation,  where  from  1952  through  1957,  as  a  student,  he  was  mainly  responsible  for  the  development  of  the 
electronic  aspects  of  the Ampex video  tape  recording  system.  He  received his  B.S.  in electrical  engineering from 
Stanford  University  in  1957  and,  as  a  Marshall  Scholar,  left  Ampex  to  pursue  further  studies  at  Cambridge 
University in England. He received a Ph.D. degree in physics from Cambridge in 1961.  

In 1963, Dolby took up a two-year appointment as a United Nations technical advisor in India, then returned to 
England  in  1965  to  found  Dolby  Laboratories  in  London.  In  1976  he  established  further  offices,  laboratories  and 
manufacturing facilities in California. He holds more than 50 United States patents and has written papers on video 
tape recording, long wavelength X-ray analysis and noise reduction. 

Honors  and  Awards—Audio  Engineering  Society:  Fellow  and  Past  President;  Silver  Medal;  Gold  Medal. 
British Kinematograph Sound and Television Society: Fellow; Science and Technology Award. Society of Motion 
Picture  and  Television  Engineers:  Fellow;  Samuel  L.  Warner  Memorial  Award;  Alexander  M.  Poniatoff  Gold 
Medal;  Progress  Medal;  Honorary  Member.  Academy  of  Motion  Picture  Arts  and  Sciences:  Science  and 
Engineering Award; “Oscar” Award. National Academy of Television Arts and Sciences: “Emmy” Award. National 
Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences: “Grammy” Award. United States: National Medal of Technology. United 
Kingdom: Honorary O.B.E. 

Bill Jasper, our president and chief executive officer, joined Dolby Laboratories in February 1979 and has also 
served as a director since June 2003. Mr. Jasper served in a variety of positions prior to becoming president in May 
1983,  including  as  our  vice  president,  finance  and  administration  and  executive  vice  president.  Mr.  Jasper  is  a 
member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers and an at-
large member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. He serves as chairman of the board of directors 
of  FOCUS  Enhancements  and  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Saint  Mary’s  College  of  California.  Mr. 
Jasper holds a B.S. degree in industrial engineering from Stanford University and a M.B.A. from the University of 
California at Berkeley.  

Mark Anderson has served as our vice president, general counsel since November 2003 and was also appointed 
our corporate secretary in March 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Anderson was an associate and then a partner at the 
law firm of Farella Braun & Martel LLP, from August 1989 to November 2003.  Mr. Anderson is a certified public 
accountant and holds a B.S. degree in business administration from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
and a J.D. from Golden Gate University School of Law. 

Steve Forshay has served as our senior vice president, research since November 2004. Previously, Mr. Forshay 
served  in  a  variety  of  other  positions  since  joining  us  in  1982,  including  as  our  vice  president,  research  and  vice 
president, engineering. Mr. Forshay is a member of the Audio Engineering Society, the Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics  Engineers  and  the  Society  of  Motion  Picture  and  Television  Engineers.  Mr. Forshay  holds  a  B.S.E.E. 
degree  in  electrical  engineering  from  the  New  Jersey  Institute  of  Technology  and  a  M.B.A.  from  Saint  Mary’s 
College of California.  

Marty  Jaffe  has  served  as  our  executive  vice  president,  business  affairs  since  October  2005.  Previously,  Mr. 
Jaffe served as our executive vice president, business and finance between March 2004 and October 2005 and as our 
vice  president,  business  affairs  since  joining  us  in  November  2000  to  March  2004.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Mr.  Jaffe 
served in a variety of positions at the Chronicle Publishing Company, a diversified media company, from June 1986 
to  October  2000,  most  recently  as  the  vice  president  and  chief  financial  officer.  Mr. Jaffe  is  a  certified  public 
accountant  and  holds  an  A.B.  degree  in  political  and  social  behavior  from  Occidental  College,  a  J.D.  from  the 
University of California Hastings College of Law and a M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.  

Tim  Partridge  has  served  as  the  senior vice  president  and general  manager  of our  professional  division  since 
March 2004. Previously, Mr. Partridge served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1984, including as 
the  vice  president  and  general  manager  of  our  professional  division  and  vice  president,  marketing.  Mr. Partridge 
holds a bachelor’s of music and electronics honors degree from the Tonmeister program at the University of Surrey.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Ed  Schummer  has  served  as  the  senior  vice  president  and  general  manager  of  our  consumer  division  since 
October 2001. Previously, Mr. Schummer served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1978, including 
as  the  vice  president  and  general  manager  of  our  consumer  division,  vice  president,  licensing  and  vice  president, 
marketing. Mr. Schummer is a member of the Audio Engineering Society and the Licensing Executive Society. Mr. 
Schummer holds a B.S.E.E. degree in electrical engineering from the Illinois Institute of Technology.  

David  Watts  has  served  as  the  vice  president  and  managing  director  of  our  United  Kingdom  branch  since 
January 2000. Previously, Mr. Watts served in a variety of other positions since joining us in 1977, including as our 
vice president, marketing. Mr. Watts holds a B.Sc. degree in mathematics from the University of Sussex.  

Kevin Yeaman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2005.  Prior to joining us, Mr. Yeaman 
worked  for  eight  years  at  E.piphany,  Inc.,  a  publicly  traded  enterprise  software  company,  most  recently  as  Chief 
Financial Officer from August 1999 to October 2005. Previously, Mr. Yeaman served as Worldwide Vice President 
of Field Finance Operations for Informix Software, Inc., a provider of relational database software from February 
1998 to August 1998. From September 1988 to February 1998, Mr. Yeaman served in Silicon Valley and London in 
various positions at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, an accounting firm, serving most recently as a senior manager.  Mr. 
Yeaman holds a BS degree in commerce from Santa Clara University. 

Corporate and Available Information 

We  were  founded  in  London,  England  in  1965  and  incorporated  as  a  New  York  corporation  in  1967.  We 
reincorporated  in  California  in  1976  and  reincorporated  in  Delaware  in  September  2004.  Our  principal  executive 
offices are located at 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California 94103, and our telephone number is (415) 558-
0200. 

Our Internet address is www.dolby.com. There we make available, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 
10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon 
as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our SEC reports 
can  be  accessed  through  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  our  Internet  website.      The  information  found  on  our 
Internet website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our operating results and financial 

condition, past performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not 
be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. 

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brand, and if we do not maintain and strengthen 
our brand, our business will be materially harmed.  

Maintaining  and  strengthening  the  “Dolby”  brand  is  critical  to  maintaining  and  expanding  both  our  products 
and services business and our technology licensing business, as well as to our ability to enter new markets for our 
sound  and  other  technologies.  Our  continued  success  is  due,  in  part,  to  our  reputation  for  providing  high  quality 
products,  services  and  technologies  across  a  wide  range  of  entertainment  industries,  including  the  consumer 
electronics  products  industry.  If  we  fail  to  promote  and  maintain  the  Dolby  brand  successfully  on  either  the 
professional products and production services or the licensing sides of our business, our business and prospects will 
suffer.  Moreover,  we  believe  that  the  likelihood  that  our  technologies  will  be  adopted  as  industry  standards  in 
various markets and for various applications depends, in part, upon the strength of our brand, because professional 
organizations and industry participants are more likely to accept, as an industry standard, technologies developed by 
a well-respected and well-known brand. Maintaining and strengthening our brand will depend heavily on our ability 
to continue to develop innovative technologies for the entertainment industry and to continue to provide high quality 
products  and  services, which  we  may  not  do  successfully.  Moreover, because  we  engage  in  relatively  little  direct 
brand  advertising,  the  promotion  of  our  brand  depends  upon  entertainment  industry  participants  displaying  our 
trademarks  on  their  products  that  incorporate  our  technologies,  such  as  film  prints  and  consumer  electronics 
products.  Although  we  do  not  require  our  customers  to  place  our  brand  on  their  products,  we  actively  encourage 
them to do so. For example, we rely on consumer electronics product manufacturers that license our technologies to 
display our trademarks on their products in order to promote our brand. If our customers choose for any reason not 
to display our trademarks on their products, our ability to maintain or increase our brand awareness may be harmed, 
which would have an adverse effect on our business and prospects. In addition, if we fail to maintain high quality 
standards  for  our  professional  products,  or  if  we  fail  to  maintain  high  quality  standards  for  the  products  that 
incorporate  our  technologies  through  the  quality-control  certification  process  that  we  require  of  our  licensees,  the 
strength of our brand could be adversely affected.  

We are dependent on the sale by our licensees of products that incorporate our technologies, and a reduction 
in those sales would adversely affect our licensing revenue.  

We  derive  most  of  our  revenue  from  the  licensing  of  our  technologies  to  consumer  electronics  product 
manufacturers. We derived 73%, 73% and 75% of our total revenue from our technology licensing business in fiscal 
2003,  2004  and  2005,  respectively.    We  do  not  manufacture  consumer  electronics  products  ourselves  and  our 
licensing revenue is dependent on sales by our licensees of products that incorporate our technologies.  We cannot 
control these manufacturers’ product development or commercialization efforts or predict their success. In addition, 
our  license  agreements,  which  typically  require  manufacturers  of  consumer  electronics  products  and  software 
developers to pay us a specified royalty for every electronics product shipped that incorporates our technologies, do 
not require these manufacturers to include our technologies in any specific number or percentage of units, and only a 
few of these agreements guarantee us a minimum aggregate licensing fee. Accordingly, if our licensees sell fewer 
products  incorporating  our  technologies,  or  otherwise  face  significant  economic  difficulties,  our  revenue  will 
decline.    Some  manufacturers  have  begun  to  reduce  the  complexity  of  their  low-end  DVD  players,  thereby 
decreasing  the  number  of  processors  on  which  we  earn  licensing  revenue  in  each  player.    Moreover,  we  have  a 
widespread presence in certain markets for electronics products, such as the consumer electronics product market, 
which includes DVD players, audio/video receivers and other home theatre consumer electronics products, and, as a 
result,  there  is  little  room  for  us  to  further  penetrate  such  markets.  Lower  sales  of  products  incorporating  our 
technologies  could  occur  for  a  number  of  reasons.  Changes  in  consumer  tastes  or  trends,  or  changes  in  industry 
standards,  may  adversely  affect  our  licensing  revenue.  Demand  for  new  products  incorporating  our  technologies 
could  also  be  adversely  affected  by  increasing  market  saturation,  durability  of  products  in  the  marketplace, 
competing products and alternate consumer entertainment options. In addition, our licensees, for whatever reason, 
may not choose to or may not be able to incorporate our technologies into their products in the future.  

We do not expect sales of DVD players to continue to sustain their past growth rates. To the extent that sales 
of DVD players and home theatre systems level off or decline, or alternative technologies in which we do not 
participate  replace  DVDs  as  a  dominant  medium  for  consumer  video  entertainment,  our  licensing  revenue 
will be adversely affected.  

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 Growth in our revenue over the past several years has been the result, in large part, of the rapid growth in sales 
of  DVD  players  and  home  theatre  systems  incorporating  our  technologies.    However,  as  the  markets  for  DVD 
players mature, we do not expect sales of DVD players to sustain their past growth rates, and we have already begun 
to see a slowdown in the growth of traditional consumer DVD player sales reported by licensees.  Deceleration of 
growth  is  due  to  a  slowdown  in  the  growth  of  sales  of  traditional  consumer  DVD  players  reported  by  licensees.  
Also,  the  industry  has  experienced  a  movement  by  discount  retailers  towards  lower-end  Chinese-made  DVD 
players, which we believe will pose challenges in royalty collection and intellectual property enforcement in China.  
Additionally, some manufacturers are reducing the complexity of their low-end DVD players thereby decreasing the 
number  of  processors  on  which  we  earn  licensing  revenue.    To  the  extent  that  sales  of  DVD  players  and  home 
theatre systems continue to level off or decline, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected.  Additionally, the 
adoption of recordable DVD players has been slower than anticipated and the market introduction of next generation 
DVD players has been delayed.  At the present time, it is not clear that next generation high definition disk formats 
will  become  available  as  anticipated.    There  are  currently  two  potential,  incompatible  formats  proposed,  and 
consumers might not react favorably to having to make a choice.  A delay in the release and consumer adoption of 
the next generation disk format, as well as the continued current pace of adoption of recordable DVD players, could 
adversely affect our licensing revenue.  In addition, if new technologies are developed for use with DVDs or new 
technologies are developed that substantially compete with or replace DVDs as a dominant medium for consumer 
video entertainment, and if we are unable to develop and successfully market technologies that are incorporated into 
or compatible with such new technologies, our business, operating results and prospects will be adversely affected. 

We face risks with respect to conducting business in China due to China’s historically limited recognition and 
enforcement of intellectual property and contractual rights.  

We  expect  consumer  electronics  product  manufacturing  in  China  to  continue  to  increase  due  to  the  lower 
manufacturing  cost  structure  there  as  compared  to  other  industrial  countries.  We  also  expect  that  our  sales  of 
professional products and production services in China will expand in the future to the extent that the use of digital 
surround  sound  technologies  increases  in  China,  including  in  movies,  broadcast  television  and  video  games.  We 
further  expect  that  the  sale  of  products  incorporating  our  technologies  will  increase  in  China  to  the  extent  that 
Chinese  consumers  become  more  affluent.    However,  we  face  many  risks  in  China,  in  large  part  due  to  China’s 
historically  limited  recognition  and  enforcement  of  contractual  and  intellectual  property  rights.    The  consumer 
electronics  industry  has  experienced  a  movement  by  discount  retailers  towards  lower-end  Chinese-made  DVD 
players, posing challenges for us in royalty collection and intellectual property enforcement in China.  In particular, 
we  have  many  times  experienced,  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience,  problems  with  Chinese  consumer 
electronics product manufacturers failing to report or underreporting shipments of their products that incorporate our 
technologies  or  incorporating  our  technologies  and  trademarks  into  their  products  without  our  authorization  and 
without  paying  us  any  licensing  fees,  which  adversely  affects  our  operating  results.    We  may  also  experience 
difficulties  in  enforcing  our  intellectual  property  rights  in  China,  where  intellectual  property  rights  are  not  as 
respected as they are in the United States, Japan and Europe. In addition, we have only limited patent protection in 
China, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, which may make it more difficult for us to enforce 
our intellectual property rights in China.  We believe that it is critical that we strengthen existing relationships and 
develop  new  relationships  with  entertainment  industry  participants  in  China  to  increase  our  ability  to  enforce  our 
intellectual property and contractual rights in China without relying solely on the Chinese legal system.  If we are 
unable to develop, maintain and strengthen these relationships, our revenue from China could be adversely affected.  
However,  developing,  maintaining  and  strengthening  relationships  in  China  is  especially  difficult  because  of  the 
multiple Chinese cultures and resulting fragmented nature of the Chinese economy.  As a result, we must develop, 
maintain and strengthen relationships at each step of the entertainment chain in many different regions of China in 
order to successfully enforce our intellectual property and contractual rights in China.  

If we fail to develop and deliver innovative technologies in response to changes in the entertainment industry, 
our business could decline.  

The markets for our professional products and the markets for consumer electronics products using our licensed 
technologies are characterized by rapid change and technological evolution. We will need to expend considerable 
resources on research and development in the future in order to continue to design and deliver enduring, innovative 
entertainment products and technologies. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to develop and effectively market 
new  products,  technologies  and  services  that  adequately  or  competitively  address  the  needs  of  the  changing 
marketplace. In addition, we may not correctly identify new or changing market trends at an early enough stage to 
capitalize  on  market  opportunities.  At  times  such  changes  can  be  dramatic,  such  as  the  shift  from  VHS  tapes  to 
DVDs for consumer playback of movies in homes and elsewhere. Our future success depends to a great extent on 
our  ability  to  develop  and  deliver  innovative  technologies  that  are  widely  adopted  in  response  to  changes  in  the 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
entertainment industry and that are compatible with the technologies or products introduced by other entertainment 
industry participants. 

If our products and technologies fail to be adopted as in industry standards, our business prospects could be 
limited and our operating results could be adversely affected.  

The entertainment industry depends upon industry standards to ensure the compatibility of its content across a 
wide variety of entertainment systems and products. Accordingly, we make significant efforts to design our products 
and  technologies  to  address  capabilities,  quality  and  cost  considerations  so  that  they  either  meet,  or,  more 
importantly, are adopted as, industry standards across the broad range of entertainment industry markets in which 
we participate, as well as the markets in which we hope to compete in the future, including digital cinema. To have 
our  products  and  technologies  adopted  as  industry  standards,  we  must  convince  a  broad  spectrum  of  professional 
organizations  throughout  the  world,  as  well  as  our  major  customers  and  licensees  who  are  members  of  such 
organizations, to adopt them as such and to ensure that other industry standards are consistent with our products and 
technologies.  If  our  technologies  are  not  adopted  or  do  not  remain  as  industry  standards,  our  business,  operating 
results  and  prospects  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected.    We  expect  that  meeting,  maintaining  and 
establishing industry standard technologies will continue to be critical to our business in the future.  In addition, the 
market  for  broadcast  technologies  has  traditionally  been  heavily  based  upon  industry  standards,  often  set  by 
governments  or  other  regulatory  bodies,  and  we  expect  this  to  continue  to  be  the  case  in  the  future.  If  our 
technologies  are  not  chosen  as  industry  standards  for  broadcasting  in  particular  geographic  areas,  this  could 
adversely affect our ability to compete in these markets. 

It  may  be  more  difficult  for  us,  in  the  future,  to  have  our  technologies  adopted  as  individual  industry 
standards to the extent that entertainment industry participants collaborate on the development of industry 
standard technologies.  

Increasingly,  standards-setting  organizations  are  adopting  or  establishing  technology  standards  for  use  in  a 
wide-range of consumer electronics products. As a result, it is more difficult for individual companies to have their 
technologies adopted wholesale as an informal industry standard. We call this type of standard a “de facto” industry 
standard,  meaning  that  the  standard  is  not  explicitly  mandated  by  any  industry  standards-setting  body  but  is 
nonetheless  widely  adopted.  In  addition,  increasingly  there  are  a  large  number  of  companies,  including  ones  that 
typically  compete  against  one  another,  involved  in  the  development  of  new  technologies  for  use  in  consumer 
entertainment  products. As  a  result,  these  companies  often license  their  collective  intellectual  property  rights  as  a 
group,  making  it  more  difficult  for  any  single  company  to  have  its  technologies  adopted  widely  as  a  de  facto 
industry  standard  or  to  have  its  technologies  adopted  as  an  exclusive,  explicit  industry  standard  for  consumer 
electronics products.  

Even  if  our  technologies are  adopted  as an  industry  standard for a particular  market,  market  participants 
may not widely adopt our technologies.  

Even when our technologies are mandated for a particular market by a standards-setting body, which we call an 
“explicit”  industry  standard,  our  technologies  may  not  be  the  sole  technologies  adopted  for  that  market  as  an 
industry standard. Accordingly, our operating results depend upon participants in that market choosing to adopt our 
technologies instead of competitive technologies that also may be acceptable under such standard. For example, the 
continued growth of our revenue from the broadcast market will depend upon both the continued adoption of digital 
television generally and the choice to use our technologies where it is an optional industry standard.  

Our  relationships  with  entertainment  industry  participants  are  particularly  important  to  our  professional 
products  and  production  services  and  our  technology  licensing  businesses,  and  if  we  fail  to  maintain  such 
relationships our business could be materially harmed.  

If  we  fail  to  maintain  and  expand  our  relationships  with  a  broad  range  of  participants  throughout  the 
entertainment  chain,  including  motion  picture  studios,  broadcasters,  video  game  designers,  music  producers  and 
manufacturers  of  consumer  electronics  products,  our  business  and  prospects  could  be  materially  harmed. 
Relationships have historically played an important role in the entertainment industries that we serve, both on the 
professional  and  consumer  sides  of  our  business.  For  example,  our  products  and  services  business  is  particularly 
dependent  upon  our  relationships  with  the  major  motion  picture  studios  and  broadcasters,  and  our  technology 
licensing  business 
is  particularly  dependent  upon  our  relationships  with  consumer  electronics  product 
manufacturers,  software  developers  and  integrated  circuit,  or  IC,  manufacturers.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  and 
strengthen these relationships, these entertainment industry participants may be more likely not to purchase and use 
our  products,  services  and  technologies,  or  create  content  incorporating  our  technologies,  which  could  materially 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
harm  our  business  and  prospects.  In  addition  to  directly  providing  substantially  all  of  our  revenue,  these 
relationships are also critical to our ability to have our technologies adopted as industry standards. Moreover, if we 
fail to maintain our relationships, or if we are not able to develop relationships in new markets in which we intend to 
compete in the future, including markets for new technologies and expanding geographic markets such as China and 
India, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if major 
industry  participants  form  strategic  relationships  that  exclude  us,  whether  on  the  professional  products  and 
production  services  side  or  the  licensing  side  of  our  business,  our  business  and  prospects  could  be  materially 
adversely affected. 

Our operating results may fluctuate depending upon when we receive royalty reports from our licensees.  

Our  quarterly  operating  results  may  fluctuate  depending  upon  when  we  receive  royalty  reports  from  our 
licensees.  We  recognize  license  revenue  only  after  we  receive  royalty  reports  from  our  licensees  regarding  the 
shipment  of  their  products  that  incorporate  our  technologies.  As  a  result,  the  timing  of  our  revenue  is  dependent 
upon the timing of our receipt of those reports. In addition, it is not uncommon for royalty reports to include positive 
or  negative  corrective  or  retroactive  royalties  that  cover  extended  periods  of  time.  Furthermore,  there  have  been 
times  in  the  past  when  we  have  recognized  an  unusually  large  amount  of  licensing  revenue  from  a  licensee  in  a 
given quarter because not all of our revenue recognition criteria were met in prior periods. This can result in a large 
amount of licensing revenue from a licensee being recorded in a given quarter that is not necessarily indicative of 
the amounts of licensing revenue to be received from that licensee in future quarters, thus causing fluctuations in our 
operating results. 

Third parties from whom we license technologies may challenge our calculation of the royalties we owe them 
for inclusion of their technologies in our products and licensed technologies, which could adversely affect our 
operating results, business and prospects.  

In  some  cases,  primarily  in  connection with  the  licensing of  our Dolby Digital  technologies,  the products we 
sell and the technologies we license to our customers include intellectual property that we have licensed from third 
parties. Our agreements with these third parties generally require us to pay them royalties for that use, and give the 
third  parties  the  right  to  audit  our  calculation  of  those  royalties.  As  a  result  of  such  an  audit,  a  third  party  could 
challenge the accuracy of our calculation. A successful challenge could increase the amount of royalties we have to 
pay to the third party, decrease our gross margin and adversely affect our operating results. Such a challenge could 
also  impair  our  ability  to  continue  to  use  and  re-license  intellectual  property  from  that  third  party,  which  could 
adversely affect our business and prospects.  

We rely on our licensees to accurately prepare royalty reports in determining our licensing revenue, and if 
these reports are inaccurate, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  

Our  licensing  revenue  is  generated  primarily  from  consumer  electronics  product  manufacturers  and  software 
developers who license our technologies and incorporate them in their products. Under our existing arrangements, 
these licensees typically pay us a specified royalty for every product they ship that incorporates our technologies. 
We  rely  on  our  licensees  to  accurately  report  the  number  of  units  shipped  that  incorporate  our  technologies.  We 
calculate  our  license  fees, prepare our  financial  reports,  projections  and  budgets,  and  direct  our  sales  and product 
development  efforts  based  on  these  reports  we  receive  from  our  licensees.  However,  it  is  often  difficult  for  us  to 
independently determine whether or not our licensees are reporting shipments accurately. This is especially true with 
respect  to  software  incorporating  our  technologies  because  software  can  be  copied  relatively  easily  and  we 
oftentimes do not have easy ways to determine how many copies have been made. Most of our license agreements 
permit us to audit our licensees’ records, but audits are generally expensive and time consuming and initiating audits 
could  harm  our  customer  relationships.  To the  extent  that  our  licensees understate  or  fail  to  report  the  number  of 
products incorporating our technologies that they ship, we will not collect and recognize revenue to which we are 
entitled, which would adversely affect our operating results.  Conversely, to the extent that our licensees overstate 
the number of products incorporating our technologies, or report the products under the wrong categories, negative 
corrections could result in reductions of royalty revenue in subsequent periods.  In addition, some of our licensees 
may  begin  to  more  closely  scrutinize  their  past  or  future  licensing  statements  which  may  result  in  an  increased 
receipt of negative corrective statements.  

Our  licensing  revenue  depends  in  large  part  upon  semiconductor  manufacturers  incorporating  our 
technologies  into  integrated  circuits,  or  ICs,  for  sale  to  our  electronics  product  licensees  and  if,  for  any 
reason,  our  technologies  are  not  incorporated  in  these  ICs  or  fewer  ICs  are  sold  that  incorporate  our 
technologies, our operating results would be adversely affected.  

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 Our  licensing  revenue  from  consumer  electronics  product  manufacturers  depends  in  large  part  upon  the 
availability  of  integrated  circuits,  or  ICs,  that  implement  our  technologies.  IC  manufacturers  incorporate  our 
technologies into these ICs, which are then incorporated in consumer electronics products. We do not manufacture 
these  ICs,  but  rather  depend  on  IC  manufacturers  to  develop,  produce  and  then  sell  them  to  licensed  consumer 
electronics product manufacturers. We do not control the IC manufacturers’ decision whether or not to incorporate 
our technologies into their ICs, and we do not control their product development or commercialization efforts nor 
predict their success. As a result, if these IC manufacturers are unable or unwilling, for any reason, to implement our 
technologies into their ICs, or if, for any reason, they sell fewer ICs incorporating our technologies, our operating 
results will be adversely affected.  

Our  future  success  depends,  in  part,  upon  the  growth  of  new  and  existing  markets  for  surround  sound 
technologies and our ability to develop and adapt our technologies for those markets. If such markets fail to 
grow or we are unable to develop successful products for them, our business prospects could be limited.  

We  expect  that  the  future  growth  of  our  licensing  revenue  will  depend,  in  part,  upon  the  growth  of,  and  our 

successful participation in, new opportunities for surround sound technologies, including:  

•  Digital television and radio broadcasting;  

•  HDTV;  

•  Personal computer technology; 

•  Video game consoles and video games; 

•  Home DVD recording;  

• 

In-car entertainment systems; 

•  DVD-Audio;  

•  Personal audio and video players, including Internet music applications; and  

•  Broadband Internet. 

•  Mobile devices 

The development of these markets depends on increased consumer demand for surround sound products, which 
may not occur. Any failure of such markets to develop or consumer demand to grow would have a material adverse 
effect on our business and prospects. For example, in an effort to offer lower cost business PCs, PC manufacturers 
may  exclude software DVD players  in  their  business-oriented offerings,  which  may  result  in  lowered demand  for 
our surround sound technology.  In another example, only a small number of automobile  manufacturers currently 
offer in-car entertainment systems incorporating our surround sound technologies, and most of those that do limit 
those  systems  only  to  certain  models.  Additional  manufacturers  may  not  offer  surround  sound  entertainment 
systems,  and,  even  if  they  do,  the  car  models  on  which  surround  sound  may  be  offered  are  likely  to  be,  at  least 
initially, limited to the high end of these manufacturers’ lines. Whether our revenue from digital broadcast networks 
and  broadband  Internet  services  increases  depends  upon  the  expansion  of  digital  broadcast  technologies  and 
broadband Internet as a medium of entertainment, which may not occur. In addition, even when our technologies are 
adopted  as  industry  standards  for  a  particular  market,  such  market  may  not  be  fully  developed.  In  such  case,  our 
success depends not only on whether our technologies are adopted as industry standards for such market, but also on 
the  development  of  that  market,  which  may  not  occur.  Demand  for  our  technologies  in  any  of  these  developing 
markets may not continue to grow, and a sufficiently broad base of consumers and professionals may not adopt or 
continue to use these technologies. In addition, our ability to generate revenue from these markets may be limited to 
the extent that service providers in these markets choose to provide certain technologies and entertainment for little 
or no cost, such as many of the services provided in connection with broadband Internet services. Moreover, some of 
these markets are ones in which we have not previously participated and, because of our limited experience, we may 
not be able to adequately adapt our business and our technologies to the needs of customers in these fields. 

If  we  do  not  identify  opportunities  and  successfully  execute  our  initiatives  to  participate  in  the  emerging 
digital cinema market, our future prospects could be limited and our business could be adversely affected.  

The cinema industry is in the early stages of the adoption of digital cinema for the distribution and exhibition of 
movies.  Industry  participants  are  discussing  various  business  models  to  facilitate  adoption  of  digital  cinema  by 
allocating  the  costs  among  industry  participants,  but  no  arrangements  have  yet  emerged  as  definitive  business 
models that will result in significant installations of digital cinema systems. If we do not identify, and successfully 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
execute on, the business models that result in generating revenues from our digital cinema products and services, our 
future prospects in this market will be limited and our business could be adversely affected.  Participating in some of 
the models under discussion may require us to depart from our traditional model of selling our professional products 
pursuant to one-time contracts, and could expose us to various risks we have not faced in the past.   If we are not 
able to appropriately manage these risks our margins for product sales and services may decline. 

If  the  market  for  digital  cinema  does  not  develop,  our  future  prospects  could  be  limited  and  our  business 
could be adversely affected. 

The  conversion  of  movie  theatres  from  film  to  digital  cinema  will  require  significant  expenditures,  and  we 
cannot predict how quickly digital cinema will become  widely adopted, if at all. There are at present only a very 
limited number of movie theatres that have been converted to digital cinema and we expect that the conversion of 
theatres  to  digital  cinema  technologies,  if  it  occurs,  will  be  a  long-term  process  due  to  both  technological  and 
financial  obstacles.    Depending  on  the  business  models  that  emerge,  digital  cinema  may  require  a  significant 
investment  per  screen  by  cinema  operators.  If  the  market  for  digital  cinema  fails  to  develop,  or  develops  more 
slowly  than  expected,  or  if  there  is  significant  and  sustained  resistance  by  the  motion  picture  industry  or  cinema 
operators to this technology or the cost of implementation, we may not realize significant returns on our investment 
in this area, which could adversely affect our operating results.  In addition, because the conversion from film-based 
to digital cinema is in the early stages, it is impossible to predict accurately how the roles and allocation of costs 
among various industry participants may develop, if or how quickly digital cinema will be adopted and what, if any, 
industry  standards  may  be  adopted.  In  addition,  it  is  possible  that  if  a  large  number  of  cinema  owners  decide  to 
convert their theatres to digital cinema over a relatively short period of time and our products are selected for these 
conversions, we may see an initial increase in professional product sales that will not likely be sustained over time. 

If our products and services in the market for digital cinema are not competitive, our future prospects could 
be limited and our business could be adversely affected.  

Even if the market for digital cinema develops, we may not be successful in selling our products, technologies 
and services in this market, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.  Our effort 
with respect to digital cinema is one of the areas where we are expanding our business beyond sound technology. As 
a  result,  our  relative  lack  of  experience  in  this  area  may  harm  our  ability  to  compete  successfully.  A  number  of 
competitors  and  potential  competitors,  including  Avica,  Doremi,  EVS,  GDC,  Kodak,  NEC,  QuVis  and  Sony,  are 
developing  similar  or  alternative  solutions  for  digital  cinema,  some  of  which  may  provide  cost  or  technological 
advantages over our products, technologies and services. In addition, our products, technologies and services may 
not be compatible with the products and technologies developed by other companies for digital cinema. Moreover, it 
is possible that we will be selling components or technologies that will be incorporated into products sold by other 
companies,  which  would  be  a  departure  from  our  traditional  business  of  manufacturing  our  own  professional 
products and could limit our ability to control the distribution and use of our professional products. In addition, we 
are building components of the digital cinema delivery solution that are not solely related to sound and we do not 
have a long track record of providing these types of products, which may adversely affect our ability to compete in 
the  digital  cinema  market.  Our  competitors  may  develop  entire  system  solutions  for  digital  cinema,  which  could 
make  the  technologies  that  we  develop  for  incorporation  in  digital  cinema  systems  unnecessary.  In  addition,  we 
expect  that  our  digital  cinema  products,  technologies  and  services  may  not  be  priced  as  low  as  those  of  our 
competitors,  which  may  make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  compete  or  have  our  products  and  technologies  become 
widely adopted.  

If our digital cinema initiatives do not perform to expectations, our reputation may suffer and demand for 
our digital cinema products and services may not develop. 

As  we  participate  in  digital  cinema  initiatives,  if  we  or  our  equipment  does  not  perform  to  expectations,  our 
relationships with cinema industry participants may be adversely affected and our reputation may suffer, affecting 
the  demand  for  our  digital  cinema  products  and  services.  Any  negative  publicity  or  negative  impact  relating  to 
problems  with  our  digital  cinema  initiatives  could  adversely  affect  the  perception  of our  brand. Additionally,  our 
current digital cinema products need to be upgraded to meet recommendations issued by the major studios for digital 
cinema. If we are unable successfully to engineer our products to meet these specifications, our ability to participate 
in the digital cinema market will be adversely affected.  

If  the  sale  of  consumer  electronics  products  incorporating  our  technologies  does  not  grow  in  emerging 
markets, our ability to increase our licensing revenue may be limited.  

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
We also expect that growth in our licensing revenue will depend, in part, upon the growth of sales of consumer 
electronics products incorporating our technologies in other countries, including China and India, as consumers in 
these markets have more disposable income and are increasingly purchasing entertainment products with surround 
sound  capabilities.  However,  if  our  licensing  revenue  from  the  use  of  our  technologies  in  these  new  markets  or 
geographic areas does not expand, our prospects could be adversely affected.  

We face significant competition in various markets, and if we are unable to compete successfully, our business 
will suffer.  

The  markets  for  entertainment  industry  technologies  are  highly  competitive,  and  we  face  competitive  threats 
and  pricing  pressure  in  our  markets.  Competitors  on  the  professional  side  of  our  business  include  Avica,  DTS, 
Doremi,  EVS,  GDC,  Kodak,  Microsoft,  NEC,  Panastereo,  QuVis,  Sony  and  UltraStereo.  Competitors  on  the 
consumer  side  of  our  business  include  Coding  Technologies,  DTS,  Fraunhofer  Institute  for  Integrated  Circuits, 
Philips,  Microsoft,  RealNetworks,  Sony,  SRS  Labs  and  Thomson.  In  addition,  other  companies  may  become 
competitors  in  the  future.  The  quality  of  sound  produced  by  some  of  our  competitors’  technologies  may  be 
perceived by some people as equivalent or superior to that produced by ours. In addition, some of our current and/or 
future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, or 
may  have  more  experience  or  advantages  in  the  markets  in  which  they  compete.  For  example,  Microsoft  and 
RealNetworks  may  have  an  advantage  over  us  in  the  market  for  Internet  technologies  because  of  their  greater 
experience and presence in that market. In addition, some of our current or potential competitors, such as Microsoft 
and  RealNetworks,  may  be  able  to  offer  integrated  system  solutions  in  certain  markets  for  sound  or  non-sound 
entertainment  technologies,  including  audio,  video  and  rights  management  technologies  related  to  personal 
computers or the Internet, which could make competing technologies that we develop unnecessary. By offering an 
integrated  system  solution,  these  potential  competitors  also  may  be  able  to  offer  competing  technologies  at  lower 
prices  than  our  technologies,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  Further,  many  of  the  consumer 
electronics  products  that  include  our  sound  technologies  also  include  sound  technologies  developed  by  our 
competitors. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to 
enhance  our  technologies  and  our  existing  products  and  services  and  introduce  new  high-quality  products  and 
services  to  meet  the  wide  variety  of  such  competitive  pressures.  Our  business  will  suffer  if  we  fail  to  do  so 
successfully.  

Some of our customers are also our current or potential competitors, and if those customers were to choose to 
use  their  competing  technologies  rather  than  ours,  our  business  and  operating  results  would  be  adversely 
affected.  

We  face  competitive  risks  in  situations  where  our  customers  are  also  current  or  potential  competitors.  For 
example,  Sony  is  a  significant  licensee  customer  and  is  a  significant  purchaser  of  our  professional  products  and 
production  services,  but  Sony  is  also  a  competitor  with  respect  to  certain  of  our  professional  and  consumer 
technologies. Sony’s acquisition of Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer, which is also a significant purchaser of our professional 
products  and  production  services,  is  expected  to  increase  this  potential  competitive  risk.  In  addition,  Universal,  a 
purchaser of our professional products and production services, has held an interest in DTS, one of our competitors. 
To  the  extent  that  our  customers  choose  to  utilize  competing  technologies  they  have  developed  or  in  which  they 
have an interest, rather than use our technologies, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.  

Pricing  pressures  on  the  electronics  product  manufacturers  who  incorporate  our  technologies  into  their 
products  could  limit  the  licensing  fees  we  charge  for  our  technologies,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
revenues.  

The  markets  for  the  consumer  electronics  products  in  which  our  technologies  are  incorporated  are  intensely 
competitive and price sensitive. Retail prices for consumer electronics products that include our sound technology, 
such as DVD players and home theatre systems, have decreased significantly, and we expect prices to continue to 
decrease for the foreseeable future. In response, manufacturers have sought to reduce their product costs, which can 
result in downward pressure on the licensing fees we charge our customers who incorporate our technologies into 
the  consumer  electronics  products  that  they  sell.  A  decline  in  the  licensing  fees  we  charge  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our operating results.  

Surround sound technologies could be treated as a commodity in the future, which could adversely affect our 
business, operating results and prospects.  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We  believe  that  the  success  we  have  had  licensing  our  surround  sound  technologies  to  consumer  electronics 
product manufacturers is due, in part, to the strength of our brand and the perception that our technologies provide a 
high-quality  solution  for  surround  sound.  However,  as  applications  that  incorporate  surround  sound  technologies 
become increasingly prevalent, we expect more competitors to enter this field with other solutions. Furthermore, to 
the  extent  that  competitors’  solutions  are  perceived,  accurately  or  not,  to  provide  the  same  advantages  as  our 
technologies, at a lower or comparable price, there is a risk that sound encoding technologies such as ours will be 
treated as commodities, resulting in loss of status of our technologies, decline in their use, and significant pricing 
pressure.  To  the  extent  that  our  audio  technologies  become  a  commodity,  rather  than  a  premium  solution,  our 
business, operating results and prospects could be adversely affected.  

We have limited or no patent protection for our technologies in certain developing countries such as China 
and India, which could limit our ability to grow our business in these markets.  

We have relatively few or no issued patents in certain countries, including China and India.  For example, in 
China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies. In India, we 
have no issued patents.  As such, growing our licensing revenue in developing countries such as China and India 
will  depend  on  our  ability  to  obtain  patent  rights  in  these  counties  for  existing  and  new  technologies,  which  is 
uncertain. Moreover, because of the limitations of the legal systems in many of these countries, the effectiveness of 
patents obtained or that may in the future be obtained, if any, is likewise uncertain.  

We face diverse risks in our international business, which could adversely affect our operating results.  

We are dependent on international sales for a substantial amount of our total revenue.  For fiscal 2003, 2004 and 
2005, our sales outside the United States were 60%, 59% and 61%, respectively, of our professional products and 
production  services  revenue,  and  royalties  from  licensees  outside  the  United  States  were  80%,  80%  and  76%, 
respectively,  of  our  licensing  revenue.    We  expect  that  international  and  export  sales  will  continue  to  represent  a 
substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.  This future revenue will depend to a large extent on the 
continued use and expansion of our technologies in entertainment industries worldwide. Increased worldwide use of 
our technologies is also an important factor in our future growth.  

Due to our reliance on sales to customers outside the United States, we are subject to the risks of conducting 

business internationally, including:  

•  Our ability to enforce our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries 
that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the United States, Japan 
and European countries, which increases the risk of unauthorized, and uncompensated, use of our 
technology;  

•  United States and foreign government trade restrictions, including those which may impose restrictions on 

importation of programming, technology or components to or from the United States; 

•  Foreign government taxes, regulations and permit requirements, including foreign taxes that we may not be 
able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting 
our ability to repatriate funds to the United States;  

•  Foreign labor laws, regulations and restrictions;  

•  Changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;  

•  Difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;  

•  Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, including risks related to any interest rate 

swap or other hedging activities we undertake;  

•  Political instability, natural disasters, war or events of terrorism; and  

•  The strength of international economies.  

The licensing of patents constitutes a significant source of our revenue. If we are unable to replace expiring 
patents with new patents or proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.  

We  hold  patents  covering  much  of  the  technology  that  we  license  to  consumer  electronics  product 
manufacturers,  and  our  licensing  revenue  is  tied  in  large  part  to  the  life  of  those  patents.    Our  right  to  receive 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
royalties related to our patents terminates with the expiration of the last patent covering the relevant technologies.  
However, many of our licensees choose to continue to pay royalties for continued use of our trademarks and know-
how even after the licensed patents have expired, although at a reduced royalty rate.  Accordingly, to the extent that 
we  do  not  continue  to  replace  licensing  revenue  from  technologies  covered  by  expiring  patents  with  licensing 
revenue based on new patents and proprietary technologies, our revenue could decline.  

We  have  928  individual  issued  patents  and  over  1,000  pending  patent  applications  in  nearly  35  jurisdictions 
throughout the world.  Our issued patents are scheduled to expire at various times through February 2025. Of these, 
71 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2006, 48 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar year 2007 
and 19 patents are scheduled to expire in calendar 2008. We derive our licensing revenue principally from our Dolby 
Digital technologies.  Patents relating to our Dolby Digital technologies generally expire between 2008 and 2017, 
and patents relating to our Dolby Digital Plus technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, expire between 2019 and 
2020.  In addition, the remaining patents relating to Dolby Digital Live technologies, an extension of Dolby Digital, 
are scheduled to expire in 2021. 

We are, and may in the future be, subject to intellectual property rights claims, which are costly to defend, 
could require us to pay damages and could limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future.  

Companies  in  the  technology  and  entertainment  industries  own  large  numbers  of  patents,  copyrights, 
trademarks  and  trade  secrets  and  frequently  enter  into  litigation  based  on  allegations  of  infringement  or  other 
violations of intellectual property rights.  We have faced such claims in the past and we expect to face similar claims 
in the future.  For example, Lucent has asserted that we infringe certain patents held by them, prompting us to file a 
complaint  for  declaratory  judgment  of  non-infringement  and/or  invalidity  of  such  Lucent  patents.    These  patents 
generally  involve  a  process  and  means  for  encoding  and  decoding  audio  signals.  Lucent  contended  that  products 
incorporating our AC-3 technology infringe those patents.  The U.S. District Court of Northern District of California 
recently granted our motions for summary judgment that we have not infringed the Lucent patents at issue and have 
not  contributed  to  or  induced  infringement  by  others.    In  light  of  the  court’s  finding  of  non-infringement,  it 
dismissed  our  claims  that  the  Lucent  patents  are  invalid.    Lucent  appealed  the  court’s  ruling  granting  summary 
judgment of non-infringement to the United States Federal Circuit Court of Appeals.  An adverse ruling for us on 
appeal  and  a  subsequent  determination  against  us  in  the  Lucent  litigation  could  materially  impact  our  technology 
licensing business, which may seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. 

Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, expensive to litigate or settle 
and could divert management resources and attention.  In the past we have settled claims relating to infringement 
allegations and agreed to make payments in connection with such settlements.  We expect that similar claims will be 
asserted against us in the future in the ordinary course of our business.  For example, we have very recently received 
notice that an action had been filed against us alleging that our Dolby Virtual Speaker technology infringes certain 
U.S. patents held by Cooper Bauck Corp.  An adverse determination in any such intellectual property claim could 
require that we pay damages or stop using technologies found to be in violation of a third party's rights and could 
prevent us from offering our products and services to others. In order to avoid these restrictions, we may have to 
seek a license for the technology.  This license may not be available on reasonable terms, could require us to pay 
significant  royalties  and  may  significantly  increase  our  operating  expenses.    The  technologies  also  may  not  be 
available for license to us at all. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technologies, 
which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technologies for any infringing 
aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our product and service offerings and may be unable to compete 
effectively.  In  addition,  at  times  in  the  past,  we  have  chosen  to  defend  our  licensees  from  third-party  intellectual 
property infringement claims even where such defense was not contractually required, and we may choose to take 
on such defense in the future.  Any of these results could harm our brand, our operating results and our financial 
condition.  In  addition,  from  time  to  time  we  are  engaged  in  disputes  regarding  the  licensing  of  our  intellectual 
property rights, including matters related to our royalty rates and other terms of our licensing arrangements.  These 
types  of  disputes  can  be  asserted  by  our  customers  or  prospective  customers  or  by  other  third  parties  as  part  of 
negotiations with  us  or  in private  actions  seeking  monetary  damages  or injunctive  relief,  or  in  regulatory  actions. 
Recently,  Intervideo,  one  of  our  significant  licensing  customers,  with  whom  we  recently  renewed  a  licensing 
agreement,  has  threatened  to  initiate  litigation  against  us  regarding  our  licensing  royalty  rate  practices,  including 
potential antitrust claims.  Damages and requests for injunctive relief asserted in a claim like this could be material, 
and  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our  business.    Any  disputes  with  our  customers  or  potential  customers  or 
other third parties could adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.  

Our licensing of industry standard technologies can be subject to limitations that could adversely affect our 
business and prospects.  

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
When  our  technologies  are  adopted  as  explicit  industry  standards  by  a  standards-setting  body,  we  generally 
must  agree  to license  such  technologies on a  fair, reasonable  and non-discriminatory basis,  which  could  limit  our 
control over the use of these technologies. In these situations, we must often limit the royalty rates we charge for 
these  technologies,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  gross  margins.    Furthermore,  we  may  be  unable  to  limit  to 
whom we license such technologies, and may be unable to restrict many terms of the license.  From time to time we 
may  be  subject  to  claims  that  our  licenses  of  our  industry  standard  technologies  may  not  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  the  standards-setting  body.    Private  parties  have  raised  this  type  of  issue  with  us  in  the  past.  
Allegations such as these could be asserted in private actions seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief, or in 
regulatory actions. Claimants in such cases could seek to restrict or change our licensing practices or our ability to 
license our technologies in ways that could injure our reputation and otherwise materially and adversely affect our 
business, operating results and prospects.  

Licensing  some  of our  technologies  in “patent  pools”  is  a  different  business  model  for  us, and  we  may  face 
many challenges in conducting this business.  

In  fiscal  2002,  we  began  licensing  some  of  our  patents  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary  Via  Licensing 
Corporation in “patent pools” with other companies in an effort to ensure that our technologies are compatible with 
other technologies in the entertainment industry and to promote our technologies as industry standards.  These patent 
pools allow product manufacturers streamlined access to certain foundational technologies and are comprised of a 
group of patents held by a number of companies, including us in some cases, and administered by Via Licensing. 
This is a different business model for us and we cannot predict all of the challenges we may face or whether we will 
be successful.  For instance, Via Licensing licenses patents in areas such as wireless markets in which we have not 
competed previously.  As a result, our control over the license of our technologies from these patent pools may be 
limited as compared to our traditional business model in which we license our patents as bundles of technologies 
and  interact  directly  with  our  customers.  In  addition,  our  control  over  the  application  and  quality  control  of  our 
technologies that are included in these pools may be limited.  

Our  ability  to  develop  proprietary  technology  in  markets  in  which  “open  standards”  are  adopted  may  be 
limited, which could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.  

Standards-setting bodies, such as those for digital cinema technologies, may require the use of so-called “open 
standards,”  meaning  that  the  technologies  necessary  to  meet  those  standards  are  freely  available  without  the 
payment of a licensing fee or royalty.  The use of open standards may reduce our opportunity to generate revenue, as 
open  standards  technologies  are  based  upon  non-proprietary  technology  platforms  in  which  no  one  company 
maintains ownership over the dominant technologies.  

Events  and  conditions  in  the  motion  picture  industry  may  affect  sales  of  our  professional  products  and 
production services.  

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in 
the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry.  When 
box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products 
increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more 
advanced  cinema  products  when  they  are  doing  well  financially.    Conversely,  when  box office  receipts  are  down 
cinema owners tend to scale back on plans to upgrade their systems or build new theatres.  Our professional product 
sales are also subject to fluctuations based on events and conditions in the theatre industry generally that may or may 
not  be  tied  to box  office  receipts  in  particular  periods.   In  fiscal  2005, decreased  box  office  receipts  and  changes 
within  the  U.S.  cinema  industry,  including  recent  restructuring  and  consolidations,  appears  to  have  delayed 
purchasing  decisions  by  exhibitors.    To  a  lesser  extent,  the  sale  of  our  professional  products  is  influenced  by  the 
launch  of  new  digital  services  by  broadcasters.    On  the  other  hand,  our  production  services  revenue,  both  in  the 
United States and internationally, is tied to the number of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. 
The number of films that are produced can be affected by a number of factors, including strikes and work stoppages 
within  the  motion  picture  industry,  as  well  as  by  the  tax  incentive  arrangements  that  many  foreign  governments 
provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.   

We  may  be  unable  to  significantly  expand  our  current  professional  product  sales  in  the  cinema  industry 
because  our  professional  products  are  already  used  by  the  vast  majority  of  major  cinema  operators  and 
major motion picture studios in the United States and much of the rest of the world. If the cinema industry 
does not expand, or if it contracts, the demand for our professional products will be adversely affected.  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our  ability  to  further  penetrate  the  market  for  motion  picture  sound  technologies  is  limited  because  of  the 
widespread  use  of  our  current  professional  products  by  major  motion  picture  content  creators,  distributors  and 
cinema  operators.    As  a  result,  our  future  revenue  from  our  professional  products  for  the  cinema  industry  will 
depend, in part, upon events and conditions in that industry—specifically, the continued production and distribution 
of motion pictures, and the construction of new theatres and the renovation of existing theatres, using our products 
and  services.    For  example,  in  the  late  1990s  cinema  operators  in  the  United  States  built  a  large  number  of  new 
cinema  megaplexes.  This  initially  resulted  in  increased  sales  of  our  cinema  processors,  but  also  resulted  in  an 
oversupply of screens in some markets.  This oversupply led to significant declines in new theatre construction in 
the  United States  in  the  early  2000s, resulting  in  a  corresponding decline  in  sales of  our  cinema  processors. As  a 
result, future growth in sales of our existing cinema products may be limited, and may decrease in the future, as the 
number of new cinemas being built and the number of existing cinemas without our products continues to decline.  

The piracy of motion pictures could adversely affect the motion picture industry and therefore our operating 
results.  

The construction of new screens and the renovation of existing theatres, as well as the continued production of 
new  motion  pictures,  are  also  adversely  impacted  by  the  growth  in  piracy  of  motion  pictures.    Technological 
advances  and  the  conversion  of  motion  pictures  into  digital  formats  have  made  it  easier  to  create,  transmit  and 
“share”  high-quality  unauthorized  copies  of  motion  pictures,  including  on  pirated  DVDs  and  on  the  Internet.    If 
cinema operators decide to close a significant number of screens in the future or cut their capital spending as a result 
of piracy, demand for our playback systems and cinema processors will decline, which could negatively impact our 
operating results.  

The demand for our current professional products and production services could decline if the film industry 
broadly adopts digital cinema.  

If  the  film  industry  broadly  adopts  digital  cinema,  the  demand  for  our  current  professional  products  and 
production services could decline.  Such a decline in our products and services business could also adversely affect 
our  technology  licensing  business,  because  the  strength  of  our  brand  and  our  ability  to  use  professional 
developments to advance our consumer licensing technologies would be impaired.  If, in such circumstances, we are 
unable  to  adapt  our  professional  products  and  production  services  or  introduce  new  products  for  the  market  for 
digital cinema successfully, our business could be materially adversely affected.  

If we are unable to expand our business into non-sound technologies, our future growth could be limited.  

Our future growth will depend, in part, upon our expansion into areas beyond sound technologies.  For example, 
in  addition  to  our  digital  cinema  initiative,  we  are  exploring  other  areas  that  facilitate  delivery  of  digital 
entertainment, such as technologies for processing digital moving images and content protection. We will need to 
spend  considerable  resources  on  research  and  development  in  the  future  in  order  to  deliver  innovative  non-sound 
technologies.    However,  we  have  limited  experience  in  these  markets  and,  despite  our  efforts,  we  cannot  predict 
whether  we  will  be  successful  in  developing  and  marketing  non-sound  products,  technologies  and  services.  In 
addition,  many  of  these  markets  are  relatively  new  and  may  not  develop  as  we  currently  anticipate.    Moreover, 
although  we  believe  that  many  of  the  technological  advances  we  may  develop  for  digital  cinema  may  have 
applicability  in  other  areas,  such  as  broadcasting  or  consumer  electronics  products,  we  may  not  ever  be  able  to 
achieve these anticipated benefits in these other markets.  A number of competitors and potential competitors may 
develop non-sound technologies similar to those that we develop, some of which may provide advantages over our 
products, technologies and services.  Some of these competitors have much greater experience and expertise in the 
non-sound fields we may enter.  The non-sound products, technologies and services we expect to market may not 
achieve or sustain market acceptance, may not meet the needs of the movie industry, and may not be accepted as 
industry  standards.    If  we  are  unsuccessful  in  selling  non-sound  products,  technologies  and  services,  the  future 
growth  of  our  business  may  be  limited.  In  addition,  our  efforts  to  enter  or  strengthen  our  positions  in  non-sound 
markets may be tied to the success of specific programs.  

Fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may adversely affect the value of our stock.  

A number of factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations 
in  our  quarterly  and  annual  revenue  and  operating  results.    These  fluctuations  may  make  financial  planning  and 
forecasting more difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, 
which could negatively impact our business and prospects. As discussed more fully below, these fluctuations also 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
could increase the volatility of our stock price.  Factors that may cause or contribute to fluctuations in our operating 
results and revenue include:  

•  Fluctuations in demand for our products and for the consumer electronics products of our licensees;  

•  Fluctuations in the timing of royalty reports we receive from our licensees, including late, sporadic or 

inaccurate reports;  

•  Sporadic payments we may be able to recover from companies utilizing our technologies without licenses; 

•  Corrections to licensees’ reports received in periods subsequent to those in which the original revenue was 

reported;  

• 

Introduction or enhancement of products, services and technologies by us, our licensees and our 
competitors, and market acceptance of these new or enhanced products, services and technologies;  

•  Rapid, wholesale changes in technology in the entertainment industries in which we compete; 

•  Events and conditions in the motion picture industry, including box office receipts that affect the number of 
theatres constructed and the number of movies produced and exhibited the popularity of motion pictures 
generally and strikes by motion picture industry participants;  

•  The financial resources of cinema operators available to buy our products or to equip their theatres to 

accommodate upgraded or new technologies;  

•  Consolidation by participants in the markets in which we compete, which could result among other things 

in pricing pressure; 

•  The amount and timing of our operating costs and capital expenditures, including those related to the 

expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;  

•  Variations in the time-to-market of our technologies in the entertainment industries in which we operate; 

•  Seasonal electronics product shipment patterns by our consumer electronics product licensees and seasonal 

product purchasing patterns by customers of our professional products;  

•  The impact of, and our ability to react to, interruptions in the entertainment distribution chain, including as 

a result of work stoppages at our facilities, our customers’ facilities and other points throughout the 
entertainment distribution chain; 

•  Changes in business cycles that affect the markets in which we sell our products and services or the 

markets for consumer electronics products incorporating our technologies;  

•  Adverse outcomes of litigation or governmental proceedings, including any foreign, federal, state or local 

tax assessments or audits; and  

•  Costs of litigation and intellectual property protection.   

One or more of the foregoing or other factors may cause our operating expenses to be disproportionately higher 
or  lower  or  may  cause  our  revenue  and  operating  results  to  fluctuate  significantly  in  any  particular  quarterly  or 
annual period.  Results from prior periods are thus not necessarily indicative of the results of future periods.  

The loss of or interruption in operations of one or more of our key suppliers could materially delay or stop 
the production of our professional products and impair our ability to generate revenue.  

Our reliance on outside suppliers for some of the key materials and components we use in manufacturing our 
professional  products  involves  risks,  including  limited  control  over  the  price,  timely  delivery  and  quality  of  such 
components.  We have no agreements with our suppliers to ensure continued supply of materials and components. 
Although we have identified alternate suppliers for most of our key materials and components, any required changes 
in  our  suppliers  could  cause  material  delays  in  our  production  operations  and  increase  our  production  costs.    In 
addition, our suppliers may not be able to meet our future production demands as to volume, quality or timeliness. 
Moreover, we rely on sole source suppliers for some of the components that we use to manufacture our professional 
products, including certain charged coupled devices, light emitting diodes and digital signal processors.  These sole 
source suppliers may become unable or unwilling to deliver these components to us at an acceptable cost or at all, 
which could force us to redesign certain of our products.  Our inability to obtain timely delivery of key components 
of  acceptable  quality,  any  significant  increases  in  the  prices  of  components,  or  the  redesign  of  our  professional 
products could result in material production delays, increased costs and reductions in shipments of our products, any 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
of which could increase our operating costs, harm our customer relationships or materially and adversely affect our 
business and operating results.  

Revenue from our professional products may suffer if our production processes encounter problems or if we 
are not able to match our production capacity to fluctuating levels of demand.  

Our  professional  products  are  highly  complex,  and  production  difficulties  or  inefficiencies  can  interrupt 
production, resulting in our inability to deliver products on time in a cost effective manner, which could harm our 
competitive position. If production is interrupted at one of our two manufacturing facilities, we may not be able to 
shift production to the other facility on a timely basis, and customers may purchase products from our competitors. 
A shortage of manufacturing capacity for our professional products could adversely affect our operating results and 
damage  our  customer  relationships.    We  generally  cannot  quickly  adapt  our  manufacturing  capacity  to  rapidly 
changing market conditions. Likewise, we may be unable to respond to fluctuations in customer demand.  At times 
we under utilize our manufacturing facilities as a result of reduced demand for some of our professional products. 
Any inability to respond to fluctuations in customer demand for our professional products may adversely affect our 
gross margins.  

Our professional products, from time to time, experience quality problems that can result in decreased sales 
and higher operating expenses.  

Our  professional  products  are  complex  and  sometimes  contain  undetected  software  or  hardware  errors, 
particularly  when  first  introduced  or  when  new  versions  are  released.  In  addition,  our  professional  products  are 
sometimes  combined  with  or  incorporated  into  products  from  other  vendors,  sometimes  making  it  difficult  to 
identify  the  source  of  a  problem.    These  errors  could  result  in  a  loss  of  or  delay  in  market  acceptance  of  our 
professional products or cause delays in delivering them and meeting customer demands, any of which could reduce 
our revenue and raise significant customer relations issues.  In addition, if our professional products contain errors 
we could be required to replace or reengineer them, which would increase our costs.  Moreover, if any such errors 
cause  unintended  consequences,  we  could  face  claims  for  product  liability.    Although  we  generally  attempt  to 
contractually  limit  liability  for  defective  products  to  the  cost  of  repairing  or  replacing  these  products,  if  these 
contract provisions are not enforced, or are unenforceable for any reason, or if liabilities arise that are not effectively 
limited, we could incur substantial costs in defending and settling product liability claims. 

A loss of one or more of our key customers or licensees in any of our markets could adversely affect our 
operating results.  

From time to time, one or a small number of our customers or licensees may represent a significant percentage 
of our professional products and services or licensing revenue.  Although we have agreements with many of these 
customers, these agreements typically do not require any minimum purchases or minimum royalty fees and do not 
prohibit  customers  from  purchasing  products  and  services  from  competitors.    A  decision  by  any  of  our  major 
customers or licensees not to use our technologies, or their failure or inability to pay amounts owed to us in a timely 
manner, or at all, whether due to strategic redirections or adverse changes in their businesses or for other reasons, 
could have a significant effect on our operating results. 

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon 

us and may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.  

Some  of  our  operations  use  substances  regulated  under  various  federal,  state,  local  and  international  laws 
governing  the  environment,  including  those  governing  the  discharge  of  pollutants  into  the  air  and  water,  the 
management, disposal and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup of contaminated sites. We 
could  incur  costs,  fines  and  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  third-party  property  damage  or  personal  injury  claims,  or 
could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under 
environmental laws.  Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative 
fault.  The ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict.  We also 
face  increasing  complexity  in  our  product  design  as  we  adjust  to  new  and  future  requirements  relating  to  the 
materials  composition  of  our  products,  including  the restrictions  on  lead  and  other hazardous  substances  that  will 
apply to specified electronic products put on the market in the European Union as of July 1, 2006 (Restriction on the 
Use of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC, also known as the “RoHS Directive”) and similar legislation 
proposed  for  China.  We  are  redesigning  our  products  regulated  under  the  RoHS  Directive  in  order  to  be  able  to 
continue  to  offer  them  for  sale  within  the  European  Union.  For  some  products,  substituting  certain  components 
containing regulated hazardous substances will be more difficult or costly, and the additional redesign efforts could 
result in production delays.  Certain electronic products that we maintain in inventory may be rendered obsolete if 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
not  in  compliance  with  the  RoHS  Directive,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  generate  revenue  from 
those products.  We could also face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back legislation.  
The European Union Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (also known as 
the  “WEEE  Directive”)  requires  producers  of  certain  electrical  and  electronic  equipment,  including  broadcast 
equipment, to be financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future 
covered  products.    As  of  December  2005,  not  all  member  states  within  the  EU  have  enacted  enabling  legislation 
under the WEEE Directive, and in the absence of such legislation, it is difficult to determine the costs to comply 
with  the  WEEE  Directive.    Similar  legislation  may  be  enacted  in  other  countries,  such  as  China,  and  the  United 
States,  the  cumulative  impact  of  which  could  significantly  increase  our  operating  costs  and  adversely  affect  our 
operating results.  We also expect that our operations, whether manufacturing or licensing, will be affected by other 
new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis.  Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of 
any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs or decreased revenue, and could require 
that we redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business.  

Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could reduce the value of our products, services and 
brand.  

Our business is dependent upon our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property 
rights.  We derived 73%, 73% and 75% of our total revenue from licensing revenue in the fiscal years 2003, 2004 
and 2005, respectively.  Effective intellectual property rights protection, however, may not be available under the 
laws of every country in which our products and services and those of our licensees are distributed.  Also, the efforts 
we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective.  Any significant impairment of our 
intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete.  In addition, protecting our intellectual 
property rights is costly and time consuming.  We have taken steps in the past to enforce our intellectual property 
rights and expect to continue to do so in the future.  However, it may not be practicable or cost effective for us to 
enforce our intellectual property rights fully, particularly in certain developing countries or where the initiation of a 
claim might harm our business relationships.  For example, we have many times experienced, and expect to continue 
to  experience,  problems  with  Chinese  consumer  electronics  product  manufacturers  incorporating  our  technologies 
into  their  products  without  our  authorization.    The  industry  has  experienced  a  movement  by  discount  retailers 
towards  lower-end  Chinese-made  DVD  players  which  we  believe  poses  challenges  in  royalty  collection  and 
intellectual property enforcement in China.  If we are unable to successfully identify and stop unauthorized use of 
our intellectual property, we could experience increased operational and enforcement costs both inside and outside 
China,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    We  generally  seek  patent 
protection for our innovations.  It is possible, however, that some of these innovations may not be protectable. In 
addition, given the costs of obtaining patent protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that later 
turn out  to be important.    Moreover, we have  limited  or no  patent protection  in  certain  foreign jurisdictions.   For 
example, in China we have only limited patent protection, especially with respect to our Dolby Digital technologies, 
and  in  India  we  have  no  issued  patents.    Furthermore,  there  is  always  the  possibility,  despite  our  efforts,  that  the 
scope  of  the  protection  gained  will  be  insufficient  or  that  an  issued  patent  may  later  be  found  to  be  invalid  or 
unenforceable.    Moreover,  we  seek  to  maintain  certain  intellectual  property  as  trade  secrets.  These  trade  secrets 
could be compromised by third parties, or intentionally or accidentally by our employees, which would cause us to 
lose the competitive advantage resulting from them.  

It  is  possible  that  we  may  be  treated  as  a  personal  holding  company,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
operating results and financial condition.  

The Internal  Revenue Service  may  assert  that  we  or  any of our  subsidiaries  are  currently,  or previously  have 
been,  liable  for  personal  holding  company  tax,  plus  interest  and  penalties,  if  applicable.    In  addition,  we  and  our 
subsidiaries  may  be  liable  for  personal  holding  company  tax  in  the  future.    For  United  States  federal  income  tax 
purposes, a corporation is generally considered to be a “personal holding company” under the United States Internal 
Revenue Code if (i) at any time during the last half of its taxable year more than 50% of its stock by value is owned, 
directly or indirectly, by virtue of the application of certain stock ownership attribution rules set forth in the Internal 
Revenue Code for purposes of applying the personal holding company rules, by five or fewer individuals and (ii) at 
least  60%  of  its  adjusted  ordinary  gross  income,  as  defined  for  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes,  is 
“personal  holding  company  income.”    Personal  holding  company  income  is  generally  passive  income,  including 
royalty income, subject to certain exceptions such as qualifying software royalties. A personal holding company is 
subject  to  an  additional  tax  on  its  undistributed  after-tax  income,  calculated  at  the  statutory  tax  rate,  which  is 
currently 15%. Since the personal holding company tax is imposed only on undistributed income, a personal holding 
company  can  avoid  or  mitigate  liability  for  the  tax,  but  not  interest  or  penalties,  by  paying  a  dividend  to  its 
stockholders.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
During  fiscal  2005,  more  than  50%  of  the  value  of  our  stock  was  held  by  Ray  Dolby  and  stockholders 
considered  affiliated  with  him  pursuant  to  the  stock  ownership  attribution  rules  applicable  to  personal  holding 
companies. We expect this will continue to be the case in the foreseeable future.  In addition, a significant portion of 
our  income  is  from  licensing  fees, which may  constitute personal  holding  company  income.    Currently,  however, 
less than 60% of Dolby Laboratories’ adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company income.  Given 
our current sources of revenue, we believe that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is currently liable for personal 
holding company tax. Moreover, we do not believe that we or any of our subsidiaries have previously been liable for 
personal holding company tax. 

However, the Internal Revenue Service may assert that we or one of our subsidiaries are currently, or previously 
have been, liable for personal holding company tax, plus interest and penalties, if applicable.  In addition, we or our 
subsidiaries  may  be  liable  for  personal  holding  company  tax  in  the  future.    The  treatment  of  certain  items  of  our 
income  and  the  income  of  our  subsidiaries,  for  purposes  of  the  personal  holding  company  tax,  may  be  subject  to 
challenge. In the event that we or any of our subsidiaries is determined to be a personal holding company, or for 
prior taxable years, to have been a personal holding company, we or our subsidiary could be liable for additional 
taxes, and possibly interest and penalties, based on the undistributed income and the tax rate in effect at that time, 
but only if we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, decides not to fully abate the tax by the payment of a dividend, 
although  such  a  dividend  will  not  eliminate  interest  and  penalties.    In  addition,  we  believe  that  there  exists  a 
meaningful risk that in the relatively near future the mix of our revenue will change so that more of our adjusted 
ordinary gross income may be classified as personal holding company income. In such event, it is possible that we 
or one of our subsidiaries could become liable for the personal holding company tax, assuming the ownership test 
continues to be met. In that case, we or our subsidiary, as the case may be, may be required to pay additional tax in 
the event we or the subsidiary decides not to fully abate the tax by the payment of a dividend. Because no claim or 
assessment has been made against us with respect to personal holding company taxes, we are unable to quantify the 
amount of any additional taxes, and possibly interest and penalties, for which we may be liable in the future for past 
periods or the amount of the dividend that we may pay to abate the tax.  Furthermore, we are unable to quantify the 
amount  of  personal  holding  company  tax  that  we  may  be  liable  for  or  the  dividend  that  we  may  elect  to  pay  for 
future  periods  as  such  amounts,  if  any,  would  be  based  upon  the  application  of  the  rules  discussed  above  to  the 
results  of  our  future  operations.    We  have  explored  options  to  reduce  our  exposure  and  the  exposure  of  our 
subsidiaries to the personal holding company tax in the future, as well as continue to actively monitor our current 
exposure.   

If we or any of our subsidiaries were to pay personal holding company tax (and possibly interest and penalties), 
this could significantly increase our consolidated tax expense and adversely affect our operating results.  In addition, 
if the statutory tax rate increases in the future, the amount of any personal holding company tax we or any of our 
subsidiaries may have to pay could increase significantly, further impairing our operating results.  In that regard, the 
statutory  tax  rate,  which  is  currently  15%,  is  scheduled  to  return  to  ordinary  income  tax  rate  levels  for  tax  years 
beginning on or after January 1, 2009.  If we are deemed to be a personal holding company and, instead of paying 
the  personal  holding  company  tax,  we  elect  to  pay  a  dividend  to  our  stockholders  in  an  amount  equal  to  all  or  a 
significant  part  of  our undistributed personal  holding  company  income,  we  may  consume  a  significant  amount of 
cash  resources  and  be  unable  to  retain  or  generate  working  capital.    This  would  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition.  As  a  result,  if  we  pay  such  a  dividend,  we  may  decide  to  seek  additional  financing,  although  that 
financing may not be available to us when and as required on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. 

Failure to comply with applicable current and future government regulations could have a negative effect on 
our business.  

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government laws and regulations, as 
well as international laws and regulations, including those relating to consumer and other safety-related compliance 
for electronic equipment, as well as compulsory license requirements as a prerequisite to being included as part of 
the industry standards, such as the United States HDTV standard.  Any failure by us to comply with the laws and 
regulations  applicable  to  us or  our  products  could  result  in  our  inability  to  sell  those  products,  additional  costs  to 
redesign products to meet such laws and regulations, fines or other administrative actions by the agencies charged 
with  enforcing  compliance  and,  possibly,  damages  awarded  to  persons  claiming  injury  as  the  result  of  our  non-
compliance.  Changes in or enactment of new statutes, rules or regulations applicable to us could have a material 
adverse effect on our business.  

Acquisitions  could  result  in  operating  difficulties,  dilution  to  our  stockholders  and  other  harmful 
consequences.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
We  have  evaluated,  and  expect  to  continue  to  evaluate,  a  wide  array  of  possible  strategic  transactions  and 
acquisitions.    For  example,  we  consider  these  types  of  transactions  in  connection  with  our  efforts  to  expand  our 
business  beyond  sound  technologies,  such  as  in  digital  cinema  and  other  technologies  related  to  the  delivery  of 
digital entertainment.  Although we cannot predict whether or not we will complete any such acquisition or other 
transactions  in  the  future  and  have  no  current  plans  for  any  specific  strategic  transactions  or  acquisitions,  any  of 
these transactions could be material in relation to our financial condition and results of operations.  The process of 
integrating an acquired company, business or technology may create unforeseen difficulties and expenditures.  The 
areas where we may face risks include:  

•  Diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges; 

•  Cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization; 

•  Retaining employees from businesses we acquire; 

•  The need to implement or improve internal controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a public 
company at businesses that prior to the acquisition lacked these controls, procedures and policies; 

•  Possible write-offs or impairment charges resulting from acquisitions; 

•  Unanticipated or unknown liabilities relating to acquired businesses; and  

•  The need to integrate acquired businesses’ accounting, management information, manufacturing, human 

resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management.   

Foreign  acquisitions  involve  unique  risks  in  addition  to  those  mentioned  above,  including  those  related  to 
integration  of  operations  across  different  geographies,  cultures  and  languages,  currency  risks  and  risks  associated 
with the particular economic, political and regulatory environment in specific countries. Also, the anticipated benefit 
of  our  acquisitions  may  not  materialize.    Future  acquisitions  could  result  in  potentially  dilutive  issuances  of  our 
equity  securities,  the  incurrence of  debt,  contingent  liabilities  or  amortization  expenses, or write-offs  of goodwill, 
any  of  which  could  harm  our  operating  results  or  financial  condition.    Future  acquisitions  may  also  require  us  to 
obtain additional equity or debt financing, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.  

The loss of members of our management team could substantially disrupt our business operations.  

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued individual and collective contributions of our 
management  team.    A  limited  number  of  individuals  have  primary  responsibility  for  managing  our  business, 
including  our  relationships  with  key  customers  and  licensees.    We  have  a  number  of  key  executives  and  senior 
technical people who have been with us for a number of years, including over 150 employees who have been with us 
for over 10 years.  These individuals, as well as the rest of our management team and key employees, are at-will 
employees, and we do not maintain any key-person life insurance policies.  Losing the services of any key member 
of  our  team,  whether  from  retirement,  competing  offers  or  other  causes,  could  prevent  us  from  executing  our 
business  strategy,  cause  us  to  lose  key  customer  or  licensee  relationships,  or  otherwise  materially  affect  our 
operations.  

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire qualified 
personnel, we may not be able to maintain our operations or grow effectively.  

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals.  Our future success 
depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas 
of  our  organization.    In  this  regard,  we  currently  plan  to  hire  a  number  of  employees  throughout  fiscal  2006  in 
response  to  our  growth  and  our  current  initiatives  and  if  we  are  unable  to  hire  and  train  a  sufficient  number  of 
qualified employees for any reason, we may not be able to implement our current initiatives or grow effectively. In 
this  regard,  we  have  in  the  past  maintained  a  rigorous,  highly  selective  and  time-consuming  hiring  process.    We 
believe  that  our  approach  to  hiring  has  significantly  contributed  to  our  success  to  date.    However,  our  highly 
selective hiring process has made it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees, and, as 
we grow, our hiring process may prevent us from hiring the personnel we need in a timely manner.  In addition, we 
are aware that certain of our competitors have directly targeted our employees. Moreover, the high cost of living in 
the  San  Francisco  Bay  Area,  where  our  corporate  headquarters  and  a  significant  portion  of  our  operations  are 
located, has been an impediment in attracting new employees and retaining existing employees in the past, and we 
expect that this high cost of living will continue to impair our ability to attract and retain employees in the future.  
Furthermore, for much of our history we have relied upon cash compensation arrangements, such as cash bonuses, 
rather  than option grants,  to motivate  our  employees.  In  recent  years, we  have granted  options  to  key  employees.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Nonetheless, there is no assurance that either of these approaches will provide adequate incentives to attract, retain 
and  motivate  employees  in  the  future.    If  we  do  not  succeed  in  attracting  excellent  personnel  and  retaining  and 
motivating existing personnel, our existing operations may suffer and we may be unable to grow effectively.  

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork and focus 
that we believe our culture fosters, and our business may be harmed.  

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate culture, which we believe fosters 
innovation, teamwork and a focus both on developing and strengthening long-term relationships with entertainment 
industry participants and on developing practical, enduring technology solutions for the entertainment industry.  As 
we grow and change in response to the requirements of being a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain 
important aspects of our corporate culture, which could negatively affect our future success.  We intend to continue 
to focus on developing technologies for the entertainment industries that provide long-term benefits, and we intend 
to keep our focus on long-term results.  

We  will  incur  increased  costs  and  demands  upon  management  as  a  result  of  complying  with  the  laws  and 
regulations affecting public companies, which could affect our operating results.  

As  a  public  company  we  have  incurred  and  will  continue  to  incur  significant  legal,  accounting  and  other 
expenses  that  we  did  not  incur  as  a  private  company,  including  costs  associated  with  public  company  reporting 
requirements.    We  also  have  incurred  and  will  incur  costs  associated  with  recently  adopted  corporate  governance 
requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC 
and the NYSE.  In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, 
as most of our senior executive officers do not have significant experience in the public company environment.  The 
expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have increased.  
These rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made some activities 
more  time-consuming  and  costly,  although  we  are  unable  to  currently  estimate  these  costs  with  any  degree  of 
certainty.  We do believe, however, that we will be able to fund these costs out of our available working capital.  It is 
possible that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director 
and  officer  liability  insurance,  and  we  may  be  required  to  accept  reduced  policy  limits  and  coverage  or  incur 
substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage than used to be available.  As a result, it may be 
more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive 
officers.  

If  we  fail  to  maintain  proper  and  effective  internal  controls,  our  ability  to  produce  accurate  financial 
statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our 
business and our investors’ views of us.  

We  have  a  complex  business  organization  that  is  international  in  scope.    Ensuring  that  we  have  adequate 
internal  financial  and  accounting  controls  and  procedures  in  place  to  help  ensure  that  we  can  produce  accurate 
financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently.  
We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures 
in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the 
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing 
these assessments.  Both we and our independent auditors will periodically test our internal controls in connection 
with  the  Section  404  requirements  and  could,  as  part  of  that  documentation  and  testing,  identify  areas  for  further 
attention  or  improvement.  Implementing  any  appropriate  changes  to  our  internal  controls  may  require  specific 
compliance training of our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing 
accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete.  Such changes may not, however, be effective 
in  maintaining  the  adequacy  of  our  internal  controls,  and  any  failure  to  maintain  that  adequacy,  or  consequent 
inability  to  produce  accurate  financial  statements  on  a  timely  basis,  could  increase  our  operating  costs  and  could 
materially impair our ability to operate our business.  In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are 
inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may seriously affect our stock price. 

Issues  arising  from  the  implementation  of  our  new  enterprise  resource  planning  system  could  affect  our 
operating results and ability to manage our business effectively.  

We are currently implementing a PeopleSoft enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system over an anticipated 
three-year period ending in 2007 that is critical to our accounting, financial, operating and manufacturing functions. 
Implementing  a  new  ERP  system  raises  costs  and  risks  inherent  in  the  conversion  to  a  new  computer  system, 
including disruption to our normal accounting procedures, potential delays and problems achieving accuracy in the 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
conversion of electronic data.  Failure to properly or adequately address these issues could result in increased costs, 
the  diversion of  management’s  attention  and  resources  and could  materially  adversely  affect our operating results 
and  ability  to  manage  our  business  effectively.    In  addition,  we  do  not  know  whether  or  not  the  acquisition  of 
PeopleSoft  by  Oracle  will  affect  the  implementation  and  future  use  of  our  ERP  system.    To  the  extent  that  this 
acquisition  delays,  complicates  or  prevents  the  full  implementation,  future  use  or  service  of  our  ERP  system,  our 
operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.  

For the foreseeable future, Ray Dolby or his affiliates will be able to control the selection of all members of 
our board of directors, as well as virtually every other matter that requires stockholder approval, which will 
severely limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters.  

At  September  30,  2005  Ray  Dolby  and  persons  and  entities  affiliated  with  Ray  Dolby  owned  approximately 
65% of our Class A and Class B common stock, representing 92% of the combined voting power of our outstanding 
Class A and Class B common stock.  Under our charter, holders of shares of Class B common stock may generally 
transfer such shares to family members, including spouses and descendents or the spouses or domestic partners of 
such descendents, without having the shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock.  Because 
of  this  dual  class  structure,  Ray  Dolby,  his  affiliates,  and  his  family  members  and  descendents  will,  for  the 
foreseeable future, have significant influence over our management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually 
all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions 
such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, even if they come to own considerably less than 50% of the 
total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock.  Moreover, these persons may take 
actions in their own interests that you or our other stockholders do not view as beneficial.  There is no threshold or 
time  deadline  at  which  the  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  will  automatically  convert  into  shares  of  Class  A 
common stock.  Assuming conversion of all shares of Class B common stock held by persons not affiliated with Ray 
Dolby into shares of Class A common stock, so long as Ray Dolby and his affiliates continue to hold shares of Class 
B common stock representing approximately 11% or more of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A 
and  Class  B  common  stock,  they  will  hold  a  majority  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  Class  A  and  Class  B 
common stock.  

Future sales of shares by insiders could cause our stock price to decline.  

If our founder, officers, directors or employees sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our 
Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Class B 
common stock, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline.  As of September 
30, 2005, we had outstanding a total of 103,908,700 shares of Class A and Class B common stock.  Of these shares, 
31,625,000  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  were  sold  in  our  initial  public  offering  by  us  and  the  selling 
stockholders.  

As  of  September  30,  2005,  our  directors  and  executive  officers  held  69,048,535  shares  of  Class  B  common 
stock and vested options to purchase 986,627 shares of Class B common stock. We expect that any sale of our Class 
A common stock by our directors and executive officers would be subject to compliance with Rule 144 under the 
Securities Act.   

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
None. 

Facilities  

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Our  principal  executive  offices,  which  we  lease  from  Ray  Dolby,  are  located  at  100  Potrero  Avenue,  San 
Francisco, California, occupying approximately 78,000 square feet of space. The lease for these offices expires on 
December 31, 2005, and we currently negotiating a new lease for a seven year term with two five year options to 
extend.   

Ray and Dagmar Dolby, the Ray Dolby Trust or the Dolby Family Trust owns a majority financial interest in 
real estate entities that own and lease to us certain of our other facilities in California and the United Kingdom. We 
own  the  remaining  financial  interests  in  these  real  estate  entities.  We  lease  from  these  real  estate  entities 
approximately  140,000  square  feet  of  space  at  999  Brannan  Street,  San  Francisco,  California  for  our  principal 
administrative  offices,  approximately  45,000  square  feet  of  space  in  Brisbane,  California  for  manufacturing 
facilities, approximately 75,000 square feet of space in Wootton Bassett, England for manufacturing, sales, services 
and administrative facilities and approximately 19,000 square feet of space in Burbank, California for research and 
development,  sales,  services  and  administrative  facilities.  The  leases  for  these  facilities  expire  at  various  times 
through 2015.  

We  also  lease  additional  research  and  development,  sales  and  administrative  facilities  from  third  parties  in 
California, New York, Virginia and Pennsylvania, and internationally, in Beijing, London, Hong Kong, Shanghai, 
Sydney and Tokyo. The leases for these facilities expire at various times through 2017. 

Our properties in Brisbane and Wootton Bassett are used by our products and production services segments 
and  the  balance  of  the  properties  described  above  are  used  by  both  our  products  and  production  services  and  our 
technology licensing segments.  

We  believe  that  our  current  facilities  are  adequate  to  meet  our  needs  for  the  near  future,  and  that  suitable 
additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable 
future operations. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In  May  2001, we filed  a  lawsuit  against  Lucent  Technologies, Inc.  and Lucent  Technologies Guardian I,  LLC 
together  “Lucent,”  contending  that  Lucent  was  wrongly  asserting  that  our  licensees  using  Dolby  AC-3  audio 
compression technology required licenses to the patents at issue and seeking a declaration that the patents at issue 
are not infringed and/or are invalid.  Lucent filed a counterclaim alleging that we have infringed the patents at issue.  
These patents generally involve a process and means for digitally encoding and decoding audio signals.   On April 
22, 2005, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California granted our motions for summary judgment, 
finding that we have not infringed, induced others to infringe, or contributed to the infringement of the patents at 
issue.  In granting summary judgment of non-infringement, the court found that Lucent had not presented evidence 
from which a reasonable fact-finder could find that Dolby AC-3 technology infringes the patents at issue.  In light of 
the  Court’s  finding  of  non-infringement,  it  dismissed  our  claims  that  the  Lucent  patents  are  invalid.    Lucent  has 
appealed  the  court’s  April  22,  2005,  ruling  granting  summary  judgment  of  non-infringement  to  the  United  States 
Federal Circuit Court of Appeals. 

In addition, we are involved in various legal proceedings from time  to time arising from the normal course of 
business activities, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights, commercial, employment 
and other matters.  In our opinion, resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect 
on our operating results or financial condition. However, it is possible that an unfavorable resolution of one or more 
such proceedings could materially affect our future operating results or financial condition in a particular period. 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

None. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our  Class  A  common  stock  has  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange,  or  the  NYSE,  under  the  symbol 
“DLB” since February 17, 2005.  Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A common stock.  The 
following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices at the closing on the NYSE of the Class A common 
stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the NYSE. Such quotations represent inter-dealer prices without retail 
markup, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. 

Fiscal 2005  
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 
$      24.57 
23.81 
23.78 

Low  
  $    22.40 
18.71 
15.47 

Our Class B common stock is neither listed nor publicly traded. 

As of December 13, 2005, there were approximately 12,800 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 

141 holders of record of our Class B common stock.   

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future 
earnings  and  do  not  expect  to  pay  any  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  However,  if  we  are  deemed  to  be  a 
personal holding company for tax purposes, we may elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders in an amount equal 
to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income (which could be significant), rather 
than paying personal holding company tax on such undistributed personal holding company income, if any. See both 
"Risk Factors--It is possible that we may be treated as a personal holding company, which could adversely affect our 
operating results and financial condition" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations--Critical Accounting Policies--Personal Holding Company Tax Matters." 

Sale of Unregistered Securities 

In  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2005,  we  issued  an  aggregate  of  351,452  shares  of  our  Class  B  common 
stock to certain employees and officers upon the exercise of options awarded under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan 
and from October 1, 2005 through December 13, 2005, we issued an aggregate of 643,651 shares of our Class B 
common  stock  to  certain  employees,  directors  and  officers  upon  the  exercise  of  options  awarded  under  our  2000 
Stock Incentive Plan. We received aggregate proceeds of $0.5 million as a result of the exercise of these options in 
the quarter ended September 30, 2005 and $1.1 million as a result of the exercise of these options from October 1, 
2005 through December 13, 2005. We believe these transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of 
the  Securities  Act  in  reliance  on  Rule  701  thereunder  as  transactions  pursuant  to  compensatory  benefit  plans  and 
contracts  relating  to  compensation  as  provided  under  Rule  701.  Options  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  9,862,984 
shares of our Class B common stock and 1,522,845 shares of our Class A common stock remain outstanding as of 
December 13, 2005.  All issuances of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the exercise of these options 
will be made in reliance on Rule 701. All option grants made under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan were made prior 
to our initial public offering. No further option grants will be made under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. 

None  of  the  foregoing  transactions  involved  any  underwriters,  underwriting  discounts  or  commissions,  or  any 

public offering. 

Each share of our Class B common stock is convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time 
at the option of the holder or upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Class B common 
stock.  In  addition,  each  share  of  Class  B  common  stock  shall  convert  automatically  into  one  share  of  Class  A 
common stock upon any transfer, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 13, 2005, 34,175,120 shares of our Class A common stock and 70,478,187 shares of our Class B 

common stock were issued and outstanding. 

Use of Proceeds from Public Offering 

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  declared  our  registration  statement,  filed  on  Form  S−1  (File  No. 
333−120614) under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common 
stock, $0.001 par value, effective on February 16, 2005. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial 
statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this filing. The consolidated statements of operations 
data for the fiscal years ended September 26, 2003, September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005 and the balance 
sheet data as of September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005 were derived from our audited consolidated financial 
statements  that  are  included  elsewhere  in  this  filing.    The  historical  results  presented  below  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.  All fiscal years presented consisted of 52 weeks with 
the exception of fiscal 2005 which consisted of 53 weeks. 

September 27,
2002 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 26,
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30,
2005 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

September 28,
2001 
(unaudited) 

$ 

73,277  
39,300  
12,076  

124,653  

Consolidated Statements of 

Operations Data: 

Revenue: 

Licensing 
Product sales 
Production services 

Total revenue 

Cost of revenue: 

Cost of licensing 
Cost of product sales (1) 
Cost of production services (1) 

Total cost of revenue 

Gross margin 
Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and 

administrative (1) 

Research and development (1) 
Settlements 
In-process research and 

development 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 
Other income (expenses), net 

Income (loss) before provision for 

income taxes and controlling interest 

Provision for income taxes 

Income (loss) before controlling interest 
Controlling interest in net (income) loss, 

net of tax 

Net income (loss) 

Basic net income (loss) per share 
Diluted net income (loss) per share 

Shares used in the calculation of basic 

net income (loss) per share 

Shares used in the calculation of diluted 

net income (loss) per share 

$ 

$ 
$ 

19,644  
25,754  
5,044  

50,442  
74,211  

48,244  
16,106  
—  

—  
64,350  
9,861  
(3,369) 

6,492  
1,230  

5,262  

389  

5,651  

0.07  
0.07  

85,000  

85,000  

$  106,640  
41,377  
13,851  

  161,868  

25,063  
26,694  
5,960  

$  157,922  
44,403  
15,147  

  217,472  

40,001  
26,684  
6,958  

$  211,395  
57,981  
19,665  

  289,041  

53,838  
30,043  
7,624  

57,717  
  104,151  

73,643  
  143,829  

91,505  
  197,536  

76,590  
18,262  
—  

1,310  
96,162  
47,667  
(57) 

47,610  
16,079  

31,531  

(562) 

  106,456  
23,479  
(2,000) 

1,738  
  129,673  
67,863  
229  

68,092  
27,321  

40,771  

(929) 

64,269  
15,128  
24,205  

—  
  103,602  
549  
(747) 

(198) 
11  

(209) 

104  

(105) 

0.00  
0.00  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$  30,969  

$  39,842  

$  52,293  

$ 
$ 

0.36  
0.36  

$ 
$ 

0.47  
0.43  

85,008  

85,008  

85,009  

86,084  

85,556  

92,783  

$  246,298  
60,021  
21,648  

  327,967  

40,558  
31,181  
8,479  

80,218  
  247,749  

  135,155  
30,532  
(2,000) 

—  
  163,687  
84,062  
7,156  

91,218  
37,330  

53,888  

(1,595) 

$ 
$ 

0.54  
0.50  

96,969  

  104,220  

$ 

222  
103  
  11,709  
2,150  
$   14,184  

(1) 

Stock-based compensation was recorded in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 and was classified as follows: 

Cost of product sales 
Cost of production services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 

Total stock-based compensation 

$ 

104  
36  
5,843 
810  
$       6,793 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 28, 
2001 
(unaudited) 

September 27,
2002 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 26,
2003 

(in thousands) 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30,
2005 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Total debt 
Total stockholders’ equity 

$ 

22,602  
23,484  
125,635  
19,510  
60,645  

$  37,394  
35,854  
  157,313  
16,775  
61,742  

$  61,922  
54,213  
  202,707  
15,598  
93,775  

$  78,711  
80,281  
  261,866  
14,870  
  143,327  

$  372,403  
  381,394  
  586,277  
13,470  
  461,139  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRO FORMA UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA  

Pro Forma Presentation  

Throughout our history, Ray Dolby had retained ownership of the intellectual property rights he had created 
relating to our business. We had licensed these intellectual property rights from him and paid him royalties in return. 
On February 16, 2005, Ray Dolby contributed to us all intellectual property rights he held related to our business. 
Upon completion of this asset contribution, all of our licensing arrangements with, and royalty obligations to, Ray 
Dolby terminated.  

The selected pro forma unaudited consolidated statements of operations data set forth below give effect to the 
asset contribution made by Ray Dolby, as though such transactions had been completed prior to the beginning of 
fiscal 2003.  We believe the pro forma results to be meaningful as they enable comparison of the effect of pre and 
post-asset  contribution  on  our  operating  results.    The  pro  forma  results  presented  below  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.  

The  results  of  giving  effect  to  the  asset  contribution  as  though  that  transaction  had  occurred  prior  to  the 
beginning  of  fiscal  2003  are  adjustments  to  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  to  reverse  the  effects  of  $27.6 
million, $36.9 million and $18.7 million in royalties payable to Ray Dolby that we recorded in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 
2005, respectively. There was no material change to our balance sheet as a result of the asset contribution. Because 
there  is  no  historical  accounting  cost  basis  for  the  assets  contributed,  we  recorded  the  transaction  at  $0.8 million, 
representing  acquisition  costs,  including  legal,  tax  and other professional  fees  we  incurred  as  a result  of  the  asset 
contribution.  

The following table shows a reconciliation of the pro forma effects of the transactions described above on the 

respective line items of our consolidated statements of operations:  

Net income 
Adjustments to pro forma net income by line item: 
    Cost of licensing 
    Cost of product sales 

    Provision for income taxes 
Pro forma net income 

September 26, 
2003 

$ 

            30,969  

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(unaudited) 
(in thousands) 
            39,842  

$ 

September 30, 

2005              

$ 

            52,293 

            25,126  
2,494 
(10,635)  
47,954  

            33,768  
3,089 
(13,355)  
63,344  

            17,424  
1,286 
(7,587)  
63,416  

$ 

$ 

$ 

The  selected  pro  forma  unaudited  consolidated  statements  of  operations  data  should  be  read  together  with 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  our  audited 
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this filing. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 26, 
2003 

Pro forma 
Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(unaudited) 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

September 30, 
2005 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenue: 

Licensing 
Product sales 
Production services 

Total revenue 

Cost of revenue: 

Cost of licensing 
Cost of product sales  (1) 
Cost of production services (1) 

Total cost of revenue 

Gross margin 
Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative (1) 
Research and development (1) 
Settlements 
In-process research and development 

Total operating expenses 

Operating income 
Other income (expenses), net 

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest 
Provision for income taxes 

Income before controlling interest 
Controlling interest in net income, net of tax 

Net income 

Basic net income per share 
Diluted net income per share 

Shares used in the calculation of basic net income per share 
Shares used in the calculation of diluted net income per share 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

157,922  
44,403  
15,147  

217,472  

14,875  
24,190  
6,958  

46,023  
171,449  

76,590  
18,262  
—  
1,310  

96,162  

75,287  
(57) 

75,230  
26,714  

48,516  
(562) 

47,954  

0.56  
0.56  

85,009  
86,084  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

(1)  Stock-based compensation was recorded in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 and was classified as follows: 

Cost of product sales 
Cost of production services 
Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 

Total stock-based compensation 

$ 

$ 

211,395  
57,981  
19,665  

289,041  

20,070  
26,954  
7,624  

54,648  
234,393  

106,456  
23,479  
(2,000) 
1,738  

129,673  

104,720  
229  

104,949  
40,676  

64,273  
(929) 

63,344  

0.74  
0.68  

85,556  
92,783  

104  
36  
5,843  
810  
6,793  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

246,298  
60,021  
21,648  

327,967  

23,134  
29,895  
8,479  

61,508  
266,459  

135,155  
30,532  
(2,000) 
—  

163,687  

102,772  
7,156  

109,928  
44,917  

65,011  
(1,595) 

63,416  

0.65  
0.61  

96,969  
104,220  

222  
103  
11,709  
2,150  
14,184  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking 
statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify 
forward-looking  statements  by  terminology  such  as  “may,”  ”will,”  “should,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,” 
“believes,”  “estimates,”  “predicts,”  ”potential,”  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms  or  other  comparable 
terminology.    These  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  statements  regarding  future 
revenues  from  the  sale  of  consumer  electronics  products  incorporating  our products and/or services domestically 
and overseas; expected percentage of our licensing revenue to be received from overseas manufacturers; demand 
for  and  profitability  of  our  professional  products  and  production  services;  our  critical  accounting  policies, 
including those regarding revenue recognition, goodwill, accounting for income taxes, personal holding company 
matters  and  stock-based  compensation;  statements  regarding  expected  gross  margin  on  product  sales  and 
production services; statements regarding operating income and expenses and foreign exchange gains and losses; 
and statements regarding the sufficiency of our cash reserves for the next twelve months. Actual results may differ 
materially  from  those  discussed  in  these  forward  looking  statements  due  to  the  important  factors  set  forth  in  the 
section entitled “Risk Factors” of Item 1A in this Form 10-K. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in 
the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance 
or  achievements.  Moreover,  neither  we  nor  any  other  person  assumes  responsibility  for  the  accuracy  and 
completeness  of  these  forward-looking  statements.  We  are  under  no  duty  to  update  any  of  the  forward-looking 
statements after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to conform our prior statements to actual results.  

Overview  

Dolby  Laboratories  develops  and  delivers  innovative  products  and  technologies  that  make  the  entertainment 
experience  more  realistic  and  immersive  in  theatres,  homes,  cars  and  elsewhere.  Ray  Dolby  founded  Dolby 
Laboratories  in  1965  to  develop  noise  reduction  technologies.  Today,  we  deliver  a  broad  range  of  sound 
technologies for use in both professional and consumer applications. In addition, in recent years we have expanded 
our focus to include other technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment.  

We conduct our business in two segments: our products and production services segment and our technology 

licensing segment.  

In our products and production services segment, we sell professional products and related production services 
to filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers, video game designers, cinema operators and DVD producers. These 
products are used in sound recording, distribution and playback to improve sound quality, provide surround sound 
and increase the efficiency of sound storage and distribution. The majority of our professional product revenue is 
derived from sales of cinema processors, which theatres use to decode digital and analog film soundtracks that have 
been encoded using Dolby SR or Dolby Digital technologies.  Production services revenue is primarily generated by 
service agreements with motion picture production companies who utilize our equipment and services.  Our sound 
engineers  work  alongside  filmmakers,  television  broadcasters,  music  producers  and  video  game  designers  to  help 
them use our products to create and reproduce the sound they envision. Our sound engineers also provide training, 
system  design  expertise  and  on-site  technical  expertise  on  an  hourly  basis  to  cinema  operators  to  help  them 
configure  their  theatres  and  sound  equipment  to  ensure  that  movie  soundtracks  are  replayed  with  consistent  high 
sound  quality.    In  our  digital  cinema  content  preparation  service  unit  we  act  as  a  technical  agent  for  our  clients, 
following  the  content  from  start  to  the  finish,  providing  the  compression  mastering  and  distribution  media 
preparation, distribution and verification services.   

In our technology licensing segment, we work with manufacturers of integrated circuits, or ICs, to help them 
incorporate our technologies into their ICs. These manufacturers then sell ICs to product manufacturers that license 
our  technologies  for  incorporation  in  products  such  as  DVD  players,  DVD  recorders,  audio/video  receivers, 
television sets, set-top boxes, video game consoles, portable audio and video players, personal computers and in-car 
entertainment systems. We also license our technologies to software developers who implement our technologies for 
use  in  personal  computer  software  DVD  players.  Our  licensing  arrangements  typically  entitle  us  to  receive  a 
specified  royalty  for  every  product  shipped  by  product  manufacturer  and  software  developer  licensees  that 
incorporates our technologies. We do not receive royalties from IC manufacturers.  

We are a global organization. We sell our professional products and production services in over 50 countries. In 
fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005,  revenue  from  sales  outside  the  United  States  represented  60%,  59%  and  61%  of  our 
professional  products  sales  and  production  services  revenue,  respectively.  We  have  licensed  our  technologies  to 
manufacturers in nearly 30 countries, including countries in North America, Europe and Asia. In fiscal 2003, 2004 
and  2005,  revenue  from  licensees  outside  the  United  States  represented  80%,  80%  and  76%  of  our  licensing 
42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
revenue, respectively. Our licensees distribute products incorporating our technologies throughout the world. Nearly 
all of our revenue is derived from transactions denominated in United States dollars.  

Management Discussion Regarding Opportunities, Challenges and Risks  

Our Technology Licensing Segment  

We use the following terms to help distinguish among different components of our technology licensing 

segment: 

•Automotive market- primarily comprised of in-car entertainment products. 
•Broadcast market - primarily comprised of digital televisions and set-top boxes. 
•Consumer electronics market - primarily comprised of DVD players, DVD recorders, audio/video receivers 
and home-theatre-in-a-box. 
•Gaming market - primarily comprised of video game consoles. 
•Licensing services - revenue from patent pool administration performed by our subsidiary Via Licensing. 
•Personal computer market - primarily comprised of software DVD players. 

Revenue from our technology licensing segment constitutes the majority of our total revenue, representing 73%, 
73% and 75% of total revenue in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Our licensing revenue has grown at a 
compound  annual  growth  rate  of  25%  from  $157.9  million  in  fiscal  2003  to  $246.3  million  in  fiscal  2005, 
principally  as  a  result  of  the  increase  in  sales  of  DVD  players  and  in-home  theatre  systems  that  incorporate  our 
surround  sound  technologies.  Although  revenues  have  grown  in  absolute  dollars,  the  year-over-year  percentage 
growth rates are declining.  Specifically, licensing revenue grew 48%, 34% and 17% in fiscal years 2003, 2004 and 
2005,  respectively.    Traditionally,  the  consumer  electronics  market  has  been  our  largest  market  representing  over 
50%  of  our  licensing  revenue  and  has  been  driven  primarily  by  revenues  attributable  to  DVD  player  sales.    We 
anticipate that revenues from this market may remain flat or decline in fiscal 2006.  Deceleration of growth is due to 
a slowdown in the growth of traditional consumer DVD players sales reported by licensees.  Also, the industry has 
experienced  a  movement  by  discount  retailers  towards  lower-end  Chinese-made  DVD  players  which  we  believe 
poses  challenges  in  royalty  collection  and  intellectual  property  enforcement  in  China.    Additionally,  some 
manufacturers  are  reducing  the  complexity  of  their  low-end  DVD  players  thereby  decreasing  the  number  of 
processors on which we earn licensing revenue.     

There  continues  to  be  a  number  of  growth  opportunities  in  the  consumer  electronics  market,  such  as  next 
generation  DVD  players  and  recordable  DVD  players.    In  anticipation  of  the  introduction  of  the  next  generation 
DVD players, we have worked with developers to ensure that our technologies will be included as a standard audio 
format.  Our Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus and MLP Lossless technologies have been selected as a mandatory 
standard  audio  format  in  the  High-Definition  Digital  Versatile  Disc  (HD-DVD)  format.    Dolby  Digital  has  been 
selected  as  a  mandatory  standard  audio  format  and  Dolby  Digital  Plus  and  MLP  Lossless  have  been  selected  as 
optional audio standards in the Blu-ray format.  However, the market introduction of next generation DVD players 
has been delayed due in part to the competing HD-DVD and Blu-ray formats.  Consequently, we are uncertain when 
we  may  begin  generating  royalties  from  incorporation  of  our  technology  in  next  generation  DVD  players.  
Currently, adoption of recordable DVD players has been slower than anticipated. 

We are continuing to diversify our sources of licensing revenue by actively promoting the incorporation of our 
technologies for use in new and growing markets such as personal computers, broadcast, gaming and automotive.  
The personal computing market, which represents over 25% of our licensing revenue, has been primarily driven by 
demand for software DVD players.  Revenues generated from broadcast, gaming and automotive markets have been 
driven  by  demand  for  Dolby  Digital  in  set-top  boxes,  televisions,  video  game  consoles  and  in-car  entertainment 
systems.    Although  these  markets  have  been  growing,  there  is  a  risk  that  future  growth  may  not  fully  offset  a 
potential  decline  in  the  growth  of  revenues  generated  from  our  consumer  electronics  market.  For  example,  in  an 
effort  to  offer  lower  cost  business  PCs,  PC  manufacturers  may  exclude  software  DVD  players  in  their  business-
oriented offerings, which may result in lower than anticipated revenues. 

We expect that sales of products incorporating our technologies in China and India will increase in the future, as 
consumers  in  these  geographical  markets  have  more  disposable  income  and  consequently  increase  purchases  of 
entertainment products with surround sound capabilities for use in homes, cars and elsewhere, although there can be 
no  assurance  that  this  will  occur.    We  expect  that  the  percentage  of  our  licensing  revenue  from  Chinese 
manufacturers  will  increase  in  fiscal  2006  as  a  result  of  the  increasing  percentage  of  products  being  produced  in 
China  due  to  a  lower  manufacturing  cost  structure  as  compared  to  other  industrial  countries.    Associated  with 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
opportunities of doing business in China are unique risks that have and will continue to affect our operating results, 
such as manufacturers failing to report or underreporting product shipments. 

Our Products and Production Services Segment  

Revenue from our products and production services segment represented 27%, 27% and 25% of total revenue in 
fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. We remain committed to developing technologies for use by professionals 
in the entertainment industry. We believe that filmmakers, broadcasters, music producers and video game designers 
will continue to push for technology solutions to help create, distribute and play back rich, high quality sounds and 
images.  As  a  result,  we  believe  that  major  advances  in  sound,  imaging  and  other  technologies  for  the  recording, 
delivery and playback of entertainment will likely first be introduced in products designed for use by professionals.  

Sales of our professional products and production services tend to fluctuate based on the underlying trends in 
the motion picture industry. In part, this is because our products have been so widely adopted in this industry. When 
box office receipts for the motion picture industry increase, we have typically seen sales of our professional products 
increase as well, as cinema owners are more likely to build new theatres and upgrade existing theatres with our more 
advanced  cinema  products  when  they  are  doing  well  financially.  Conversely,  when  box  office  receipts  are  down 
cinema owners tend to scale back on plans to upgrade their systems or build new theatres. Our professional product 
sales are also subject to fluctuations based on events and conditions in the cinema industry that may or may not be 
tied to box office receipts in particular periods.  In fiscal 2005, decreased box office receipts and changes within the 
cinema  industry,  including  recent  restructuring  and  consolidations  by  U.S.  cinemas,  appear  to  have  delayed 
purchasing decisions by cinema owners.  To a lesser extent, the sale of our professional products is influenced by the 
launch  of  new  digital  services  by  broadcasters.  Our  production  services  revenue,  both  in  the  United  States  and 
internationally, is also tied to the strength of the motion picture production industry and, in particular, to the number 
of films being made by studios and independent filmmakers. The number of films that are produced can be affected 
by a number of factors, including strikes and work-stoppages within the motion picture industry as well as by the tax 
incentive arrangements that many foreign governments provide filmmakers to promote local filmmaking.  

We are also committed to helping the motion picture industry develop system solutions for digital cinema; this 
is  a  major  initiative  in  our  products  and  production  services  segment.    Digital  cinema  offers  the  motion  picture 
industry  possible  means  to  achieve  substantial  cost  savings  in  printing  and  distributing  movies,  to  combat  piracy, 
and  to  enable  movies  to  be  played  repeatedly  without  degradation  in  image  quality.  It  also  provides  additional 
revenue  opportunities  for  cinema  operators,  as  concerts  and  sporting  events  already  in  digital  format  could  be 
broadcast live via satellite to digitally equipped theatres.  The cinema industry is in the early stages of the adoption 
of  digital  cinema  for  the  distribution  and  exhibition  of  movies.    As  this  market  evolves,  we  are  continuing  to 
investigate other opportunities, in addition to our traditional model of selling our products directly to our customers.  
Industry participants are discussing various business models to facilitate adoption of digital cinema by allocating the 
costs  among  industry  participants,  but  no  arrangements  have  yet  emerged  as  definitive  business  models  that  will 
result in significant installations of digital cinema systems. These opportunities have inherent risks.  Digital cinema 
may require a significant investment per screen by cinema operators. If the market for digital cinema develops more 
slowly than we anticipate, or if our technologies, products and services for this market are not widely adopted, our 
significant investment in developing digital cinema technology may not yield the returns we anticipate.  In addition, 
a number of competitors and potential competitors are developing similar or alternative solutions for digital cinema, 
some of which may provide cost or technological advantages over our products, technologies and services.  

In an effort to encourage the motion picture industry to increase the pace of conversion to digital cinema, in the 
third quarter of fiscal 2005, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Walt Disney Studios to deploy digital 
cinema systems in selected theatres throughout the U.S. in connection with the theatrical release of Chicken Little in 
the  first quarter of  our  fiscal 2006. We  funded  the  majority  of  the  equipment  and  installation  costs  related  to  this 
deployment, resulting in  a total expense of $1.4 million to cost of product sales and cost of production services in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005.  We expect to incur an expense of approximately $7.0 million in the first quarter of 
fiscal  2006  associated  with  the  collaboration  agreement.    While  the  primary  reason  for  this  investment  was  to 
establish us as a leader in digital cinema, we also expect to receive a fee each time a digital print is delivered, which 
we refer to as a virtual-print-fee, from participating studios that deliver digital prints for exhibition on the systems 
installed in this deployment. 

In  recent  years,  our  products  and  production  services  segment  has  grown  more  slowly  than  our  technology 
licensing  segment.  From  fiscal  2003  to  fiscal  2005,  our  annual  revenue  from  professional  product  sales  and 
production services grew at a compound annual growth rate of 17%, compared to a compound annual growth rate of 
25%  for  our  licensing  revenue  over  that  period.  In  addition,  the  profit  margin  for  our  products  and  production 
services  segment  has  been  lower  than  our  technology  licensing  segment  and  is  expected  to  remain  so.  Our  gross 
margin for our products and production services segment was 44%, 51% and 51% in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
respectively,  compared  to  a  gross  margin  of  75%,  75%  and  84%  for  our  technology  licensing  segment  in  those 
periods.  The  deployment  of  digital  cinema  equipment  associated  with  the  Walt  Disney  Studios  collaboration 
discussed above had a negative impact on our product gross margin in the fourth quarter of 2005 and will negatively 
impact the first quarter of 2006. On a pro forma basis, our gross margin for our products and production services 
segment was 48%, 55% and 53% in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, compared to a gross margin of 91% 
for  our  technology  licensing  segment  in  all  three  periods.    Refer  to  “Item  6.  Selected  Financial  Data”  for  more 
information on our pro forma results of operations.     

Critical Accounting Policies  

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated 
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America,  or  U.S.  GAAP.  The  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S. 
GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the 
reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  a  fiscal  period.  The  SEC  considers  an  accounting  policy  to  be 
critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant 
judgment  and  estimates  on  the  part  of  management  in  its  application.  We  have  discussed  the  selection  and 
development  of  the  critical  accounting  policies  with  the  audit  committee  of  our  board  of  directors,  and  the  audit 
committee  has  reviewed  our  related  disclosures  in  this  Form  10-K.  Although  we  believe  that  our  judgments  and 
estimates are appropriate and correct, actual results may differ from those estimates.  

The following are our critical accounting policies because we believe they are both important to the portrayal of 
our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  and  require  critical  management  judgments  and  estimates  about 
matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these 
estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operation for future periods could be materially affected. 
See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.  

Revenue Recognition  

We  evaluate  revenue  recognition  for  transactions  to  sell  products  and  services  and  to  license  technology, 
trademarks  and  know-how  using  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  SEC  in  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  104,  “Revenue 
Recognition” (SAB 104). SAB 104 states that revenue is recognized when each of the following criteria are  met: 
persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has  occurred  or  services  have  been  rendered,  the  seller’s 
price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.  

Licensing.    Our licensing revenue is primarily derived from royalties paid to us by licensees of our intellectual 
property rights, including patents, trademarks and know-how. Royalties are recorded at their gross amounts and are 
recognized when all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We make judgments as to whether collectibility can 
be reasonably assured based on the licensee’s recent payment history or the existence of a standby letter-of-credit 
between  the  licensee’s  financial  institution  and  our  financial  institution.  In  the  absence  of  a  favorable  collection 
history or a letter-of-credit, we recognize revenue upon receipt of cash, provided that all other revenue recognition 
criteria have been met.  

Product Sales and Production Services.    Our revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of 
ownership  has  transferred  to  our  customer  as  provided  under  the  terms  of  the  governing  purchase  agreement, 
typically  the  invoice  we  deliver  to  the  customer,  and  all  the  other  revenue  recognition  criteria  have  been  met. 
Generally,  these  purchase  agreements  provide  that  the  risk  of  ownership  is  transferred  to  the  customer  when  the 
product is shipped. Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are performed 
and all the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We  continually  monitor  customer  payments  and  maintain  a  reserve  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  our 
customers’  inability  to  make  required  payments.  In  determining  the  reserve,  we  evaluate  the  collectibility  of  our 
accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a 
specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and 
thereby  reduce  the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  reasonably  believed  to  be  collectible.  For  all  other 
customers,  we  recognize  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  our  actual  historical  write-off  experience  in 
conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the 
current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates and 
may have a material effect on our consolidated statements of operations and our financial condition. Our allowance 
for doubtful accounts totaled $2.0 million at September 30, 2005. An incremental change of 1% in our allowance for 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
doubtful accounts as a percentage of trade accounts receivables would have a $0.1 million increase or decrease in 
our operating results.  

Goodwill  

We account for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill 
and Other Intangible Assets,” (SFAS 142). SFAS 142, among other things, established new standards for goodwill 
acquired  in  a  business  combination,  eliminated  the  amortization  of  goodwill  and  requires  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by 
SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of 
our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill. This value is 
determined by using a discounted cash-flow model which considers a number of factors, including estimated future 
cash-flows, risks facing us and our current market capitalization. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of 
the  reporting  units,  including  goodwill,  were  to  exceed  our  estimation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units,  we 
would  record  an  impairment  charge  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  over  the 
implied fair value of the goodwill. Our fiscal 2005 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third 
fiscal quarter, resulted in no impairment charge. Fluctuations in our fair value, which may result from changes in 
economic  conditions,  our  results  of  operations  and  other  factors,  relative  to  the  carrying  value,  could  result  in 
impairment charges in future periods. 

Accounting for Income Taxes  

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make estimates and judgments that affect 
our  accounting  for  income  taxes.  This  process  includes  estimating  actual  current  tax  exposure  together  with 
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These 
differences,  including  differences  in  the  timing  of  recognition  of  stock-based  compensation  expense,  result  in 
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities,  which  are  included  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  also  assess  the 
likelihood  that  our  deferred  tax  assets  will  be  recovered  from  future  taxable  income  and,  to  the  extent  that  we 
believe that recovery is not likely, we have established a valuation allowance.  

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
and the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our financial position and results of operations may be 
materially impacted if actual results significantly differ from these estimates or the estimates are adjusted in future 
periods.  

Personal  Holding  Company  Tax  Matters.    For  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes,  a  corporation  is 
generally considered to be a “personal holding company” under the United States Internal Revenue Code if (i) at any 
time during the last half of its taxable year more than 50% of its stock by value is owned, directly or indirectly, by 
virtue  of  the  application  of  certain  stock  ownership  attribution  rules  set  forth  in  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  for 
purposes of applying the personal holding company rules, by five or fewer individuals and (ii) at least 60% of its 
adjusted  ordinary  gross  income,  as  defined  for  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes,  is  “personal  holding 
company  income.”  Personal  holding  company  income  is  generally  passive  income,  including  royalty  income, 
subject  to  certain  exceptions  such  as  qualifying  software  royalties.  A  personal  holding  company  is  subject  to  an 
additional tax on its undistributed after-tax income, calculated at the statutory tax rate, which is currently 15%. Since 
the personal holding company tax is imposed only on undistributed income, a personal holding company can avoid 
or mitigate liability for the tax, but not interest or penalties, by paying a dividend to its stockholders.  

During  fiscal  2005,  more  than  50%  of  the  value  of  our  stock  was  held  by  Ray  Dolby  and  stockholders 
considered  affiliated  with  him  pursuant  to  the  stock  ownership  attribution  rules  applicable  to  personal  holding 
companies. We expect this will continue to be the case in the foreseeable future.   In addition, a significant portion 
of our income is from licensing fees, which may constitute personal holding company income. Currently, however, 
less than 60% of Dolby Laboratories’ adjusted ordinary gross income is personal holding company income. Given 
our current sources of revenue, we believe that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is currently liable for personal 
holding company tax. Moreover, we do not believe that we or any of our subsidiaries have previously been liable for 
personal holding company tax.  

Stock-Based Compensation 

We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25, 
“Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees”  (APB  25)  and  related  interpretations  and  elected  to  utilize  the 
disclosure  option  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” (SFAS 123) as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (SFAS 148).  Under the provisions of APB 25 and related 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
interpretations,  compensation  expense  is  to  be  recognized  when  options  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  are 
issued  below  the  fair  market  value  of  the  underlying  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.    The  amount  of  compensation 
expense to be recognized is equal to the intrinsic value per share, which is the difference between the exercise price 
and the fair market value at the date of grant.  

We have granted to our employees options to purchase shares of common stock at exercise prices equal to the 
fair market values of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our board of directors at that 
time of grant.  Prior to our initial public offering, our board determined these values principally based on valuation 
reports we obtained effective as of July each year.  Under the provisions of APB 25, in general, if the exercise price 
of stock awards granted to employees is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, 
no stock-based compensation cost is recognized.  In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for 
our initial public offering we noted that the fair value of the shares subject to the equity awards granted during fiscal 
2004  and  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2005  were  significantly  less  than  the  valuations  that  our  underwriters  were 
discussing  with  us  regarding  our  public  offering.    Therefore,  we  reassessed  the  fair  market  value  of  our  common 
stock and determined that the equity awards granted during this period had a compensatory element that should be 
reflected in our financial statements.  As a result, we recorded deferred compensation of $38.4 million during fiscal 
2004, which was scheduled to be amortized over a four year period ending fiscal 2008 and $5.5 million during the 
first quarter of fiscal 2005 which was scheduled to be amortized over a four year period ending fiscal 2009.  We 
recorded  stock-based  compensation  expense  in  connection  with  these  awards  of  $5.6  million  in  fiscal  2004  and 
$13.2 million in fiscal 2005.  Subsequent to the effective date of our initial public offering, all options to purchase 
common stock have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the 
date of the grant, as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange.  Under the provisions of APB 25, no stock-based 
compensation was recognized related to these grants. 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based 
Payment” (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R requires measurement of all employee stock-based compensation awards using 
a  fair-value  method  and  recording  of  such  expense  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.    We  will  adopt 
SFAS123R in the first fiscal quarter of 2006.  We have selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model as the most 
appropriate  method  for  estimating  the  fair value of  stock-based  awards.    The  Black-Scholes  option pricing  model 
requires us to make certain assumptions including stock price volatility, estimated forfeitures, employee stock option 
exercise behavior and other factors, which can be highly subjective and difficult to predict.  A change in one or more 
of these assumptions could have a material impact on total compensation expense.  SFAS 123R requires stock-based 
compensation expense to be recognized against additional paid-in-capital over the service period of the stock-based 
award, typically the vesting period. As a result, upon adoption of SFAS 123R, the balance in deferred compensation 
that  was  previously  recorded  under  APB  25  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  will  be  reduced  to  zero  with  an 
offsetting reduction to additional paid-in-capital. We expect stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R 
related to stock-based awards that have been issued through fiscal 2005 to be approximately $16.6 million, $15.3 
million,  $10.3  million  and  $2.2  million  in  fiscal  2006,  2007,  2008,  and  2009,  respectively.    We  expect  to  grant 
additional stock-based awards in fiscal 2006 which will result in additional stock-based compensation expense. 

 Results of Operations  

Fiscal Years Ended September 26, 2003, September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005 

The following table presents our audited actual and pro forma unaudited operating results as a percentage of 

total revenue for the periods indicated:  

Actual 
Fiscal Year Ended 

Sep 26, 
2003 

Sep 24, 
2004 

Sep 30, 
2005 

Sep 26, 
2003 

Pro Forma 
Fiscal Year Ended 

Sep 24, 
2004 
(unaudited) 

Sep 30, 
2005 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenue: 

Licensing ........................................................  
Product sales ..................................................  
Production services ........................................  

Total revenue .........................................  

Cost of revenue: 

Cost of licensing ............................................  
Cost of product sales (1) ................................  
Cost of production services (1)......................  

Total cost of revenue..............................  

73% 
20 
7 

100 

19 
12 
3 

34 

75% 
18 
7 

100 

12 
9 
3 

24 

73% 
20 
7 

100 

7 
11 
3 

21 

73% 
20 
7 

100 

7 
9 
3 

19 

75% 
18 
7 

100 

7 
9 
3 

19 

73% 
20 
7 

100 

19 
10 
3 

32 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross margin .......................................................  
Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative (1)..........  
Research and development (1).......................  
Settlements .....................................................  
In-process research and development............  

Total operating expenses .......................  

Operating income................................................  
Other income (expenses), net..............................  

Income before provision for income taxes and 

controlling interest ...........................................  
Provision for income taxes..................................  

Income before controlling interest......................  
Controlling interest in net income, net of tax .....  

66 

35 
8 
- 
1 

44 

22 
0 

22 
8 

14 
0 

68 

37 
8 
(1) 
1 

45 

23 
0 

23 
9 

14 
0 

76 

41 
10 
(1) 
- 

50 

26 
2 

28 
12 

16 
0 

79 

35 
8 
- 
1 

44 

35 
0 

35 
13 

22 
0 

81 

37 
8 
(1) 
1 

45 

36 
0 

36 
14 

22 
0 

81 

41 
10 
(1) 
- 

50 

31 
2 

33 
14 

19 
0 

Net income ..........................................................  

14% 

14% 

16% 

22% 

22% 

19% 

__________ 

(1) Stock-based compensation included above in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 and was classified as follows:: 

Cost of product sales......................................  
Cost of production services............................  
Selling, general and administrative................  
Research and development ............................  

Total stock-based compensation............  

0% 
0 
2 
0 

2% 

0% 
0 
3 
1 

4% 

Fiscal Years Ended September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005  

0% 
0 
2 
0 

2% 

0% 
0 
3 
1 

4% 

Revenue  

Revenue: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Change 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

Licensing ........................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Product sales ...................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Production services.........................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................

$      211,395 
73% 
57,981 
20% 
19,665 
7% 

  $      246,298 
75% 
60,021 
18% 
21,648 
7% 

  $ 34,903 

17% 

2,040 

4% 

1,983 

10% 

Total revenue....................................

$      289,041 

  $      327,967 

  $38,926 

13% 

Licensing.  The $34.9 million, or 17%, increase in licensing revenue from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005 resulted 
from increased sales by our licensees of their products that incorporate our technologies.  The growth was driven by 
increases in revenues from the personal computer (PC), automotive, broadcast and gaming markets.  The increase in 
the  PC  market  was  driven  by  growth  in  sales  of  personal  computer  software  DVD  players.  The  automotive, 
broadcast  and  gaming  markets  were  driven  by  sales  of  in-car  entertainment  systems,  set-top  boxes,  digital 
televisions and video game consoles that incorporate our technologies. In addition, revenues generated by licensing 
services, increased due to strong growth in the use of AAC audio in personal music devices.  These increases were 
offset by a decline in the revenue growth rate from our consumer electronics market due to a maturation of the sale 
of  traditional  DVD  players,  manufacturers  reducing  the  complexity  of  their  low-end  DVD  players  thereby 
decreasing  the  number  of  processors  on  which  we  earn  licensing  revenue,  slower  than  expected  adoption  of 
recordable  DVD  players  and  delayed  introduction  of  next-generation  DVD  players.    In  addition,  the  consumer 
electronics  industry  has  experienced  a  movement  by  discount  retailers  towards  lower-end  Chinese-made  DVD 
players which has posed challenges for us in royalty collection and intellectual property enforcement in China.  

Product Sales.  The $2.0 million, or 4%, increase in our revenue from product sales from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 
2005 was principally attributable to an increase in sales of our broadcast products primarily due to increased efforts 
on the part of domestic and European local television stations, cable networks and satellite broadcasters to broadcast 
in  Dolby  Digital  5.1  surround  sound.    This  was  offset  by  a  slight  decrease  in  sales  of  our  cinema  products.  

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decreased  box  office  receipts  when  compared  with  2004  and  changes  within  the  U.S.  cinema  industry,  including 
recent restructuring and consolidations, appear to have delayed purchasing decisions by cinema operators. 

Production  Services.    The  $2.0  million,  or  10%,  increase  in  production  services  revenue  from  fiscal  2004  to 
fiscal 2005 was primarily attributable to an increase related to services provided on international films, commercials 
and  foreign  language  versions  of  those  films.    To  a  lesser  extent,  revenue  increased  due  to  production  services 
provided  to  domestic  content  providers  related  to  original  films,  including  digital  films,  as  well  as  cinema 
monitoring services.   

Gross Margin  

Actual 
Fiscal Year Ended  

Pro forma 
Fiscal Year Ended  

September 24, 
2004 

  September 30, 
2005 

September 24, 
2004 

  September 30, 

2005 

Gross Margin: 

Licensing gross margin percentage 
Product sales gross margin percentage
Production services gross margin 

percentage 
Total gross margin percentage 

75%
48%

61%
68%

84%
48%

61%
76%

(unaudited) 

91%
54%

61%
81%

91%
50%

61%
81%

Licensing Gross Margin.    We license to our customers intellectual property that may be internally developed, 
acquired by us or licensed from other parties. Our cost of licensing consists principally of royalty obligations to third 
parties for the licensing of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with 
our  customers.  Our  cost  of  licensing  also  includes  amortization  expenses  associated  with  purchased  intangible 
assets.    Prior  to  February  16,  2005,  our  cost  of  licensing  also  included  royalty  obligations  to  Ray  Dolby.    On 
February 16, 2005, Ray Dolby contributed to us all rights in the intellectual property related to our business that he 
and  his  affiliates  held.    In  connection  with  the  asset  contribution,  our  previous  licensing  arrangements  with  Ray 
Dolby terminated, and we have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby.  The increase in licensing gross 
margin from the fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005 was due primarily to a decrease in royalty obligations to Ray Dolby as a 
result of the February 2005 contribution of his intellectual property rights.  

Our  pro  forma  licensing  gross  margin  for  fiscal  2004  and  2005  excludes  $33.8  million  and  $17.4  million, 

respectively, of expenses we recorded for licensing royalty obligations to Ray Dolby.  

Product Sales Gross Margin.  Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products 
sold,  direct  labor  and  applied  manufacturing  overhead  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  amortization  of  certain  intangible 
assets.  Prior to February 16, 2005, our cost of product sales also included royalty obligations for technologies we 
licensed from Ray Dolby.  These royalty obligations terminated in connection with Ray Dolby’s asset contribution 
discussed above.  The elimination of these royalty obligations was offset by a $1.3 million charge recorded to cost of 
product sales in fiscal 2005 in connection with our digital cinema collaboration with Walt Disney Studios discussed 
above in our management discussion and analysis of our product and production services segment.  We expect to 
record a similar charge in the first quarter of fiscal 2006 for approximately $6.5 million. 

Pro forma product sales gross margin for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 excludes $3.1 million and $1.3 million, 
respectively,  of  expenses  we  recorded  for  royalty  payments  we  made  to  Ray  Dolby.  The  decrease  in  pro  forma 
margin was primarily due to the charge recorded for the digital cinema collaboration discussed above.   

Production Services Gross Margin.    Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefits costs of 
employees performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred 
on behalf of customers. Production services gross margins were flat from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005.  We expect to 
incur a charge of approximately $0.5 million in the first quarter of 2006 related to the Walt Disney Studios digital 
cinema collaboration discussed above under Product Sales Gross Margin.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Change 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

Selling, general and administrative.................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Research and development .............................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Settlements .....................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
In-process research and development .............
Percentage of total revenue.....................

$      106,456 
37% 
23,479 
8% 
(2,000) 
(1)% 
1,738 
1% 

  $      135,155 
41% 
30,532 
10% 
(2,000) 
(1)% 
- 
- 

  $28,699 

27% 

7,053 

30% 

- 

(1,738) 

- 

na 

Total operating expenses ..................

$      129,673 

  $      163,687 

  $34,014 

26% 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative.    Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  consists  primarily  of 
personnel and personnel-related expenses, facility costs and professional service fees for our sales, marketing and 
administrative functions.  

The  $28.7  million,  or  27%,  increase  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  from  fiscal  2004  to  fiscal 
2005 was principally due to a $7.4 million increase in marketing expenses, particularly promotional expenses, a $5.9 
million  increase  in  stock-based  compensation  expense,  which  includes  a  $2.3  million  charge  related  to  an 
acceleration of vesting terms for a long-term employee at retirement, a $6.4 million increase in compensation and 
benefits costs due to a growth in headcount and annual pay rates coupled with a $1.9 million rise in occupancy costs 
to  accommodate  our  headcount  growth.  In  addition,  we  incurred  a  $2.1  million  increase  in  professional  and 
consulting expenses related primarily to intellectual property rights enforcement activities, information technology 
support  costs,  legal  fees  including  those  associated  with  employee  benefit  matters,  internal  audit  expenses  and 
insurance costs.  The remaining increase was attributable to a growth in depreciation, travel, entertainment, system 
and  communication  expenses.  In  fiscal  2006,  we  expect  to  incur  costs  associated  with  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act 
compliance  efforts,  as  well  as  consulting  fees  and  ancillary  enterprise  resource  planning  implementation  costs 
related to enhanced data collection, compliance tracking tools and improved licensee training and communications.  
We intend to fund these costs from our available working capital.    

Research  and  Development.    Research  and  development  expense  consists  primarily  of  compensation  and 
benefits related costs for personnel responsible for the research and development of new technologies and products. 
The  $7.1  million,  or  30%,  increase  in  research  and  development  expense  from  fiscal  2004  to  fiscal  2005  was 
primarily the result of a $3.7 million increase in compensation and benefits costs due to a growth in headcount and 
annual pay rates, a $1.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $1.3 million increase in costs to 
support current projects.  

Settlements.    Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of 
disputes in our favor or against us. Settlements of royalty disputes from licensees that specifically represent unpaid 
royalties are recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other revenue recognition criteria 
have  been  met.  Settlements  of  other  disputes,  such  as  disputes  with  implementation  licensees  from  which  we 
typically do not receive royalties, are recorded in settlements. In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we recognized $2.0 
million in connection with the settlement of disputes with two of our implementation licensees regarding violation 
of the terms of their licensing agreements with us.  In the third quarter of fiscal 2004 we recognized $2.0 million in 
connection with the settlement of a dispute with another of our implementation licensees. 

In-process Research and Development.    In fiscal 2004, we recorded a $1.7 million charge related to purchased 
in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. No 
such  charges  have  been  incurred  in  fiscal  2005.  See  Note  3  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
included  as  part  of  this  Form  10-K  for  information  on  in-process  research  and  development  we  acquired  in 
connection with our business combinations.  

Other Income, Net  

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
Other income, net, primarily consists of interest income earned on cash and cash equivalent balances, as well 
as  gains  and  losses  on  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  offset  by  interest 
expense on outstanding balances on our facility debt obligations. Other income, net was $7.2 million in fiscal 2005 
compared to $0.2 million in fiscal 2004. The increase in fiscal 2005 was primarily due to increased interest earned 
on our higher cash and cash equivalent balances and approximately $1.2 million in foreign exchange gains. In fiscal 
2005, we began selling more products in United States dollars from our United Kingdom branch and maintained the 
receipts in a United States dollar account in the United Kingdom.  The functional currency of our United Kingdom 
branch is the British pound sterling. The balance in the account grew throughout the year exposing our results of 
operation to foreign exchange gains and losses.  In the future we expect to take steps to reduce this exposure. 

Income Taxes  

Actual 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Pro Forma 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

($ in thousands) 

(unaudited) 

Income taxes: 

Provision for income taxes ...............   $        27,321 
40% 

Effective tax rate........................  

  $        37,330 
41% 

  $        40,676 
39% 

  $        44,917 
41% 

Our effective tax rate in fiscal 2005 was higher than in fiscal 2004 primarily due to the impact of stock-based 
compensation  expense,  which  is  generally  non-deductible,  as  well  as  non-deductible  losses  from  foreign 
subsidiaries. The effect of stock-based compensation expense, on our effective tax rate for fiscal 2005 was 4%, on 
an actual basis and 3% on a pro forma basis.  The effect of stock-based compensation expense, on our effective tax 
rate for fiscal 2004 was 3%, on an actual basis and 2% on a pro forma basis. Our pro forma provision for income 
taxes and pro forma effective tax rate for fiscal 2004 and 2005 reflect the increase in operating income due to the 
exclusion of $36.9 million and $18.7 million, respectively, in royalty expense obligations to Ray Dolby. 

 Fiscal Years Ended September 26, 2003 and September 24, 2004  

Revenue  

Revenue: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Change 

September 26, 
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

Licensing ........................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Product sales ...................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Production services.........................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................

$      157,922 
73% 
44,403 
20% 
15,147 
7% 

  $      211,395 
73% 
57,981 
20% 
19,665 
7% 

  $ 53,473 

34% 

13,578 

31% 

4,518 

30% 

Total revenue....................................

$      217,472 

  $      289,041 

  $71,569 

33% 

Licensing.    The $53.5 million, or 34%, increase in licensing revenue from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 resulted 
from increased sales by our licensees of their products that incorporate our technologies, principally attributable to 
the  growth  in  sales  of  DVD  players  worldwide.  Virtually  all  DVD  players  incorporate  our  Dolby  Digital 
technologies.  The  increase  in  licensing  revenue  was  primarily  attributable  to  increases  in  the  volume  of  units 
shipped by our licensees, and to a lesser extent to increases in our royalty rates, resulting from cost of living license 
rate increases that are generally provided for in our licensing agreements. Aside from the growth in sales of DVD 
players, the increase in our licensing revenue was also attributable to growth in sales of personal computer software 
DVD players and, to a lesser extent, set-top boxes and recordable DVD players. Sales of products such as home-
theatre-in-a-box  and  audio/video  receivers  that  incorporate  multiple  Dolby  technologies  also  helped  increase  our 
licensing  revenue,  as  we  typically  receive  royalties  for  each  of  our  technologies  incorporated  into  a  licensee’s 
product.  

Product  Sales.    The  $13.6  million,  or  31%,  increase  in  our  revenue  from  product  sales  from  fiscal  2003  to 
fiscal 2004 was principally attributable to a $10.0 million increase in sales of our cinema products, primarily related 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
to  new  theatre  construction  and  the decisions by  cinema  operators  to retrofit  their  existing  theatres  to  include our 
cinema processors. To a lesser extent, the increase in product sales revenue was also attributable to $2.0 million in 
sales  of  live  sound  products  by  one  of  our  consolidated  subsidiaries,  which  was  acquired  in  fiscal  2004  and  was 
therefore  not  included  in prior  periods  results  of  operations,  and  a  $1.6  million  increase  in  sales  of  our broadcast 
products to local television stations, cable networks and European satellite broadcasters.  

Production Services.    The $4.5 million, or 30%, increase in production services revenue from fiscal 2003 to 
fiscal  2004  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $3.4  million  increase  in  production  by  foreign  content  providers, 
including  the  impact  of  favorable  exchange  rate  fluctuations. Of  the $3.4  million  increase,  $2.0  million  related  to 
original foreign films, $0.8 million to foreign language versions of original films, and $0.6 million to commercials 
and  film  trailers.  Service  revenue  from  acquired  companies  contributed  an  additional  $0.4  million  in  fiscal  2004. 
Additionally,  our  other  service  offerings  such  as  print  checking  and  screening  services  increased  $0.4  million  in 
fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003, as some of these services related to digital cinema had not previously been 
offered.  

Gross Margin  

Actual 
Fiscal Year Ended  

Pro forma 
Fiscal Year Ended  

September 26, 
2003 

  September 24, 
2004 

September 26, 
2003 

  September 24, 

2004 

Gross Margin: 

Licensing gross margin percentage 
Product sales gross margin percentage
Production services gross margin 

percentage 
Total gross margin percentage 

75%
40%

54%
66%

75%
48%

61%
68%

(unaudited) 

91%
46%

54%
79%

91%
54%

61%
81%

Licensing  Gross  Margin.    Our  pro  forma  licensing  gross  margin  for  fiscal  2003  and  2004  excludes  $25.1 
million and $33.8 million, respectively, of expenses we recorded for sublicensing royalty payments we made to Ray 
Dolby.  

Product Sales Gross Margin.    The increase in our product sales gross margin in fiscal 2004 was the result of 
increased production levels, but was partially offset by a $0.1 million stock-based compensation expense recorded in 
fiscal 2004. The increased production levels led to increased gross margins, as the higher production volumes were 
able to absorb greater amounts of relatively fixed labor and overhead costs due to the high level of automation in our 
manufacturing  processes.  Pro  forma  product  sales  gross  margin  excludes  $2.5 million  and  $3.1  million  for  fiscal 
2003 and 2004, respectively, in expenses we recorded for royalty payments we made to Ray Dolby.  

Production Services Gross Margin.    The increase in production services gross margin in fiscal 2004 resulted 
primarily from an increase in content production and the corresponding amount of engineering services provided by 
our professional services organization during the fiscal year.  

Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Change 

September 26, 
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

Selling, general and administrative.................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Research and development .............................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
Settlements .....................................................
Percentage of total revenue.....................
In-process research and development .............
Percentage of total revenue.....................

$        76,590 
35% 
18,262 
8% 
- 
- 
1,310 
1% 

  $      106,456 
37% 
23,479 
8% 
(2,000) 
(1)% 
1,738 
1% 

  $ 29,866 

39% 

5,217 

29% 

(2,000) 

- 

428 

33% 

Total operating expenses ..................

$        96,162 

  $      129,673 

  $33,511 

35% 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling,  General  and  Administrative.    The  $29.9  million,  or  39%,  increase  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expense  from  fiscal  2003  to  2004  was  primarily  due  to  a  $13.8 million  increase  in  payroll  and 
benefits  costs  as  a  result  of  increased  headcount  and  performance-based  awards  and  $7.1 million  of  expenses 
incurred  in  connection  with  professional  and  consulting  fees  related  primarily  to  our  preparations  for  becoming  a 
public  company.  These  professional  and  consulting  fees  included  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the 
implementation  of  a  new  enterprise  resource  planning,  or  ERP,  system,  the  augmentation  of  our  internal  controls 
related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, consulting fees related to an evaluation of our royalty reporting processes, and 
additional tax and audit services. To a lesser extent, our selling, general and administrative expense also increased in 
fiscal  2004  as  compared  to  fiscal  2003  due  to  a  $5.8  million  charge  we  recorded  in  fiscal  2004  for  stock-based 
compensation expense.  

Research  and  Development.    The  $5.2  million,  or  29%,  increase  in  research  and  development  expense  from 
fiscal 2003 to 2004 was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in payroll and benefit costs as a result of increased 
headcount and, to a lesser extent, to a $0.8 million charge related to stock-based compensation expense incurred in 
fiscal 2004.  

Settlements.    In fiscal 2004, we received a $2.0 million payment in connection with the settlement of a dispute 
with  one  of  our  semiconductor  manufacturing  implementation  licensees  regarding  violation  of  the  terms  of  their 
implementation licensing agreement with us.  

In-process Research and Development.    In fiscal 2004, we recorded a $1.7 million charge related to purchased 
in-process research and development that had no alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. See 
Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this Form 10-K for information on in-
process research and development we acquired in connection with our business combinations.  

Other Income (Expenses), Net  

Other income, net was $0.2 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $0.1 million in other expenses, net in fiscal 
2003. The fluctuation from fiscal 2003 was due to an increase in interest income as a result of higher average cash 
and cash equivalent balances for fiscal 2004.  

Income Taxes  

Actual 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Pro Forma 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 26, 
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

September 26, 
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

($ in thousands) 

(unaudited) 

Income taxes: 

Provision for income taxes ...............   $        16,079 
34% 

Effective tax rate........................  

  $        27,321 
40% 

  $        26,714 
36% 

  $        40,676 
39% 

Our fiscal 2004 effective tax rate was higher than in fiscal 2003 primarily due to the impact of incentive stock-
based compensation expense, which is nondeductible, and losses from our foreign subsidiaries that we incurred in 
fiscal  2004.  Excluding  the  effect  of  incentive  stock-based  compensation  expense,  our  effective  tax  rate  for  fiscal 
2004 would have been 38%. For fiscal 2003, the effective tax rate was below the statutory tax rate of 35% primarily 
due  to  the  impact  of  extraterritorial  income  exclusion  and  research  and  experimentation  credits.  Our  pro  forma 
provision for income taxes and effective tax rate for fiscal 2003 and 2004 reflect the increase in operating income 
due to the exclusion of $27.6 million and $36.9 million, respectively, in royalty expense payable to Ray Dolby.  

Liquidity, Capital Resources and Financial Condition  

Our financial position includes cash and cash equivalents of $78.7 million and $372.4 million at September 24, 
2004 and September 30, 2005, respectively. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents and potential cash flow from 
operations will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements through at least the next 12 months.  

Operating Activities  

Our  principal  sources  of  liquidity  are  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  the  cash  flow  we  generate  from  our 

operations.  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
Our operating activities generated cash of $39.6 million, $46.9 million and $80.4 million in fiscal 2003, 2004 
and  2005, respectively.  The  increase  in  cash flows provided by  operating  activities  in fiscal  2005  as compared  to 
fiscal  2004  was  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in  net  income,  excluding  non-cash  charges  for  stock-based 
compensation and changes in deferred income taxes.  

The increase in net income and operating cash flow was primarily due to changes in our royalty obligations to 
Ray  Dolby  under  licensing  and  royalty  agreements.  We  recorded  expenses  for  the  use  of  certain  patent  and 
trademark rights in the amounts of $27.6 million, $36.9 million and $18.7 million in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, 
respectively.  In  connection  with  the  asset  contribution  by  Ray  Dolby  on  February  16,  2005,  these  licensing  and 
royalty agreements terminated, and we have no further obligation to pay royalties, or incur any costs or expenses, 
under these agreements.  

Investing Activities  

Our  investing  activities  are  primarily  related  to  capital  expenditures  associated  with  the  purchases  of  office 
equipment,  building  fixtures,  computer  hardware  and  software,  leasehold  improvements  and  production  and  test 
equipment, as well as exclusive rights to third-party technologies.  

Capital  expenditures  for  fiscal  2005  increased  as  compared  to  fiscal  2004  principally  due  to  additional  costs 
associated with the implementation of a new ERP system and for increased leasehold improvement costs made to 
our various facilities.  In the first quarter of fiscal 2005, we made a payment of approximately $11.0 million for an 
exclusive irrevocable right to sublicense a third party’s technology to our customers.  

In  both  fiscal  2003  and  2004,  we  acquired  complementary  businesses  related  primarily  to  technologies  that 
facilitate the delivery of virtual surround sound and digital entertainment, such as technologies that process digital 
moving images, digital signal processing technologies or technologies that protect content from piracy. Under the 
terms of one of the acquisition agreements, we paid approximately $3.1  million in September 2005, and we have 
future  payment  obligations  equal  to  approximately  5%  to  8%  of  revenue  generated  from  products  incorporating 
technologies  we  acquired  in  the  transaction.    As  of  September  24,  2004,  and  September  30,  2005,  no  additional 
purchase consideration had been earned.  We paid $7.1 million, $18.4 million and $4.6 million in fiscal 2003, 2004 
and 2005, respectively, in connection with these business combinations.  

Financing Activities  

Our  financing  activities  consist  primarily  of  amounts  received  from  the  issuance  of  common  stock  and 
payments  made  on  our  facility  debt  obligations.    In  fiscal  2005,  we  generated  $244.7  million  of  cash  from  our 
financing activities primarily due to $242.5 million in net proceeds from the issuance of Class A common stock in 
connection  with  our  initial  public  offering  and  an  additional  $3.6  million  from  the  exercises  of  Class  B  common 
stock options.  These cash inflows were partially offset by $1.3 million of payments on our facility debt obligations.   

Personal Holding Company Tax Matters  

If we or any of our subsidiaries were to become liable for personal holding company tax, we expect that it is 
likely that instead of paying the personal holding company tax, we would elect to pay a dividend to our stockholders 
in an amount equal to all or a significant part of our undistributed personal holding company income. We expect that 
we  would  pay  such  a  dividend  out  of  our  available  working  capital,  which  could  significantly  decrease  our  cash, 
unless  we  sought  additional  financing  for  this  purpose.  Any  such  financing  might  not  be  available  on  terms 
acceptable to us or at all. If instead of paying a dividend we elect to pay the tax, this could significantly increase our 
consolidated tax expense. We expect we would pay any such tax out of our available working capital, which could 
also  significantly  decrease  our  cash,  unless  we  sought  additional  financing.  See  “Critical  Accounting  Policies—
Accounting For Income Taxes” for a further explanation of matters related to personal holding tax issues.  

Contractual Obligations and Commitments  

The following table presents a summary of our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 30, 

2005.  

Payments Due Within 

1 Year 

2-3 
Years 

4-5 
Years 

More 
than 5 
Years 

Total 

Litigation settlement..........................................................  

$   3,000 

$   6,000 

(in thousands) 
$   6,000 

$   3,000 

$ 18,000 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgages ..........................................................................  
Operating leases.................................................................  
Total ..........................................................................  

1,346 
2,988 
$ 7,334 

2,906 
2,642 
$ 11,548 

3,231 
1,803 
$   11,034 

5,987 
4,527 
$ 13,514 

13,470 
11,960 
$ 43,430 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards  

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based 
Payment” (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R requires compensation expense related to stock-based awards to be recognized 
in the financial statements. The amount of compensation expense will be measured based upon the fair value of the 
stock-based awards at the date of grant. Originally, this statement was effective for public companies as of the first 
interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the SEC adopted a rule that 
allows companies to implement SFAS 123R at the beginning of their next fiscal year, instead of the next reporting 
period that begins after June 15, 2005. Under such rules, we will adopt SFAS 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. 
At  that  time,  we  will  begin recognizing  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  stock-based  awards  and  newly 
granted  awards.    We  expect  stock-based  compensation  expense  under  SFAS  123R  related  to  stock-based  awards 
issued through fiscal 2005 to be approximately $16.6 million, $15.3 million, $10.3 million and $2.2 million in fiscal 
2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.  We expect to grant additional stock-based awards in fiscal 2006 which 
will result in additional stock-based compensation expense.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Sensitivity  

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    As of September 30, 2005, we had cash and cash equivalents of $372.4 million, 
which  consisted  of  highly  liquid  money  market  instruments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less.   
Utilizing our cash balance as of September 30, 2005, a hypothetical 1.0% change in interest rates would result in a 
$3.7 million impact to our interest income.  

Interest Rate Swap Agreements.    We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage our exposure to 
interest  rate  changes  on  our  facility  debt  obligations.    The  swap  agreements  involve  the  exchange  of  fixed  and 
variable interest rate payments without exchanging the notional principal amount.  Gains and losses associated with 
the swap agreements are included in other income, net, in our consolidated statements of operations.  

We  do  not  utilize  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  other  speculative  purposes,  nor  do  we  utilize  leveraged 

financial instruments.  

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk  

We  maintain  sales,  marketing  and  business  operations  in  foreign  countries,  most  significantly  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  As such, we have exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates associated with our foreign business 
operations,  but  we  believe  this  exposure  to  be  limited.    Nearly  all  of  our  revenue  is  derived  from  transactions 
denominated in United States dollars.  In fiscal 2005 we began selling more products in United States dollars from 
our United Kingdom branch and maintained the receipts in a United States dollar account in the United Kingdom.  
The  functional  currency  of  our  United  Kingdom  branch  is  the  British  pound  sterling.  The  balance  in  the  account 
grew throughout the year exposing our results of operation to foreign exchange gains and losses.  In the future we 
expect to take steps to reduce this exposure.   

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................  

Consolidated Balance Sheets ................................................................................................  

Consolidated Statements of Operations ................................................................................  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income ..................  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows............................................................................... 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................................................  

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   

The Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Dolby Laboratories, Inc.:  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.  and  its 
subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of  September  24,  2004  and  September  30,  2005,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in 
the  three-year  period  ended  September  30,  2005.    In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  we  have  also  audited  the  financial  statement  schedule.    These  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test 
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing 
the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Dolby Laboratories, Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005 
and  the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended 
September  30,  2005,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.    Also  in  our  opinion,  the 
related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a 
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/    KPMG LLP 

San Francisco, California  
November 16, 2005  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
     Cash and cash equivalents...................................................................  
     Restricted cash ....................................................................................  
     Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,110 at September 24, 

2004 and $2,030 at September 30, 2005 ...........................................  
     Accounts receivable from related parties ............................................  
     Inventories ..........................................................................................  
     Income taxes receivable ......................................................................  
     Deferred income taxes ........................................................................  
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................................  
Total current assets ..........................................................................  

September 24,   
2004 

September 30,   
2005 

$          78,711 
- 

$          372,403 
205 

18,257 
1,927 
7,163 
4,246 
30,813 
3,640 
144,757 

25,221 
- 
11,722 
8,021 
31,183 
5,433 
454,188 

Property,  plant  and equipment, net.........................................................  
Intangible assets, net ................................................................................  
Goodwill ..................................................................................................  
Investments ..............................................................................................  
Long-term deferred income taxes ............................................................  
Other non-current assets ..........................................................................  
Total assets.......................................................................................  

72,333 
6,778 
22,030 
244 
6,669 
9,055 
$        261,866 

76,462 
17,184 
23,865 
- 
6,781 
7,797 
$        586,277 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 
     Accounts payable  ...............................................................................  
     Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related parties ...........  
     Accrued compensation and benefits....................................................  
     Accrued royalties ................................................................................  
     Other accrued liabilities ......................................................................  
     Income taxes payable ..........................................................................  
     Current portion of debt........................................................................  
     Deferred revenues ...............................................................................  
Total current liabilities .....................................................................  

     Long-term debt ...................................................................................  
     Other non-current liabilities ................................................................  
Total liabilities .................................................................................  
Controlling interest  .................................................................................  

Stockholders’ equity: 
     Class A common stock, $0.001 par value, one vote per share, 

500,000,000 shares authorized: no shares issued and outstanding at 
September 24, 2004 and 33,118,490 at September 30, 2005 ...........  

     Class B common stock, $0.001 par value, ten votes per share, 

500,000,000 shares authorized: 86,547,910 shares issued and 
outstanding at September 24, 2004 and 70,790,210 at September 
30, 2005 ...........................................................................................  
     Additional paid-in capital....................................................................  
     Deferred stock-based compensation....................................................  
     Retained earnings................................................................................  
     Accumulated other comprehensive income ........................................  
Total stockholders’ equity................................................................  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity .........................................  

$            6,249 
291 
18,720 
4,711 
26,860 
3,793 
1,290 
2,562 
64,476 

13,580 
23,283 
101,339 
17,200 

$            6,539 
- 
18,374 
4,762 
35,451 
3,054 
1,346 
3,268 
72,794 

12,124 
21,956 
106,874 
18,264 

- 

33 

87 
48,731 
(33,728) 
125,076 
3,161 
143,327 
$        261,866 

71 
308,354 
(26,422) 
177,369 
1,734 
461,139 
$        586,277 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Revenue: 

Licensing ......................................................................................... $ 

     157,922 

$ 

     211,395 

$ 

     246,298 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 26, 
2003 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

Product sales....................................................................................

Production services .........................................................................

Total revenue...........................................................................

Cost of revenue: 

Cost of licensing..............................................................................

Cost of product sales (1) .................................................................

Cost of production services (1) .......................................................

Total cost of revenue...............................................................

44,403 

15,147 

217,472 

40,001 

26,684 

6,958 

73,643 

Gross margin ........................................................................................

143,829 

Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative (1) ...........................................

Research and development (1)........................................................

Settlements ......................................................................................

In-process research and development .............................................

Total operating expenses.........................................................

Operating income .................................................................................

Interest income .....................................................................................

Interest expense ....................................................................................

Other income, net .................................................................................

Income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest ....

Provision for income taxes...................................................................

Income before controlling interest .......................................................

Controlling interest in net income, net of tax ......................................

76,590 

18,262 

- 

1,310 

96,162 

47,667 

1,144 

(2,292) 

1,091 

47,610 

16,079 

31,531 

(562) 

57,981 

19,665 

289,041 

53,838 

30,043 

7,624 

91,505 

197,536 

106,456 

23,479 

(2,000) 

1,738 

129,673 

67,863 

1,436 

(2,348) 

1,141 

68,092 

27,321 

40,771 

(929) 

60,021 

21,648 

327,967 

40,558 

31,181 

8,479 

80,218 

247,749 

135,155 

30,532 

(2,000) 

- 

163,687 

84,062 

6,961 

(1,852) 

2,047 

91,218 

37,330 

53,888 

(1,595) 

Net income ........................................................................................... $ 

       30,969 

Basic net income per share................................................................... $ 

            0.36 

Diluted net income per share ............................................................... $ 

            0.36 

$ 

$ 

$ 

       39,842 

            0.47 

            0.43 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Shares used in basic net income per share computation......................

Shares used in diluted net income per share computation...................

85,009 

86,084 

85,556 

92,783 

       52,293 

            0.54 

            0.50 

96,969 

104,220 

Expense for royalties payable to related party..................................... $ 

       27,620 

$ 

       36,857 

$ 

       18,740 

Expense for rent payable to related party ............................................

3,459 

3,492 

3,492 

(1) Stock-based compensation included above in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005 was classified as follows: 

Cost of product sales .......................................................................

$ 

             104 

$ 

             222 

Cost of production services.............................................................

Selling, general and administrative.................................................

Research and development..............................................................

36 

5,843 

810 

103 

11,709 

2,150 

Total stock-based compensation .............................................

$ 

          6,793 

  $             14,184 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(in thousands) 

Shares of  
Class A 
common 
stock 

Class A 
common 
stock 

  Shares of  
Class B 
common 
stock 

Class B 
common 
stock 

$  

85

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

$  

6,998

$  
- 

- 

- 

- 

$  
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

85,011 

-   

- 

13 

- 

(18) 

85,006 

- 

- 

- 

- 

572 

1,084 

(114) 

-

-

-

-
$  

85

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

  Deferred 

stock-based 
compensati
on 

$ 
-

-

-

-

-
$  
-

-

-

-

-

33

(38)
$  

6,993

-

-

38,404

(38,404)

-

4,676

2,116

1,362

(144)

-

-

  Accumulated 
other 
comprehensi
ve income 

$  
394 

Total 

$    61,742

- 

30,969

1,069 

1,069

- 

- 
$  
1,463 

33

(38)

$    93,775

Retained 
earnings 

$  54,265 

30,969 

- 

- 

- 

$  85,234 

39,842 

- 

39,842

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,698 

1,698

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

4,676

2,117

1,363

(144)

Comprehensi
ve income 

$ 
1,084

30,969

1,069

-

-
$  

32,038

39,842

1,698

-

-

-

-

-

  $        - 

86,548 

$     87

$       48,731 

$  (33,728) 

$125,076 

   $      3,161 

$ 143,327

$      41,540

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

15 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

18 

(18,494) 

(18)

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,801 

(65) 

-

2

-

-

-

-

-

5,499

(5,499)

(1,365)

-

2,744

242,475

-

6,756

3,586

(72)

1,365

11,440

-

-

-

-

-

-

52,293 

- 

52,293

52,293

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,427) 

(1,427)

(1,427)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

11,440

2,744

242,490

-

6,756

3,588

(72)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Balance at September 27, 2002 .....

Net income.................................
Translation adjustments, net 

of taxes of $366.....................

Exercise of Class B stock 
options .......................................
Repurchase of  Class B 

common stock .......................

Balance at September 26, 2003 .....

Net income.................................

Translation adjustments, net 

of taxes of $713.....................

Deferred stock-based 

compensation related to 
Class B stock option grants...

Amortization of deferred 

stock-based compensation ....

Issuance of Class B common 
stock...........................................
Exercise of Class B stock 
options .......................................
Repurchase of  Class B 

common stock .......................

Balance at September 24, 2004 .....

Net income.................................

Translation adjustments, net 

of taxes of $992.....................

Deferred stock-based 

compensation related to 
Class B stock option grants...

Cancellation of Class B stock 

options...................................

Amortization of deferred 

stock-based compensation ....

Other stock-based 

compensation expense ..........

- 

-   

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Issuance of Class A common 
stock........................................... 14,625 
Transfer of Class B common 
stock to Class A common 
stock ...................................... 18,494 

Tax benefit from the exercise 
of Class B stock options ............
Exercise of Class B stock 
options .......................................
Repurchase of Class B 

common stock .......................

- 

- 

- 

Balance at September 30, 2005 ..... 33,119 

$        33 

70,790 

$      71

$    308,354 

$ (26,422) 

$177,369 

$        1,734 

$  461,139

$         50,866 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

$ 

      30,969 

$ 

      39,842 

$ 

      52,293 

Operating activities: 

Net income  .....................................................................................  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by    

operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization .................................................  
Stock-based compensation expense.........................................  
Tax benefit from the exercise of stock options 
Provision for doubtful accounts ...............................................  
In-process research and development ......................................  
Deferred income taxes..............................................................  
Other non-cash items affecting net income .............................  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Restricted cash ...................................................................  
Accounts receivable...........................................................  
Inventories .........................................................................  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........................  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........................  
Accounts payable and accrued royalties due to related 

parties ............................................................................  
Income taxes, net ...............................................................  
Deferred revenues..............................................................  
Other non-current liabilities ..............................................  
Payment on litigation settlement .......................................  

Net cash provided by operating activities................................  

Investing activities: 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment ...................................  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ..................................................  
Purchase of intangible assets...........................................................  
Proceeds from sale of equipment ....................................................  
Investments in affiliates ..................................................................  

7,498 
- 
- 
1,753 
1,310 
(2,987) 
664 

- 
(4,798) 
1,403 
(2,154) 
3,018 

2,347 
1,565 
1,865 
189 
(3,000) 

39,642 

(6,750) 
(7,051) 
- 
- 
(250) 

Net cash used in investing activities ........................................  

(14,051) 

Financing activities: 

Issuance of Class A common stock, net of issuance costs of     

$20.8 million...............................................................................  
Payments on debt ............................................................................  
Proceeds from the exercise of Class B stock options .....................  
Repurchases of Class B common stock ..........................................  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.................  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash 

equivalents ..................................................................................  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ......................................  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year........................................  

Supplemental disclosure: 

Cash paid for income taxes ......................................................  
Cash paid for interest ...............................................................  

- 
(1,397) 
33 
(38) 

(1,402) 

339 
24,528 
37,394 
      61,922 

      18,057 
2,336 

$ 

$ 

8,517 
6,793 
- 
402 
1,738 
(10,126) 
852 

- 
(5,921) 
(2,434) 
(1,514) 
20,428 

(7,296) 
(2,177) 
(233) 
987 
(3,000) 

46,858 

(12,522) 
(18,440) 
- 
52 
- 

(30,910) 

- 
(1,239) 
1,363 
(144) 

(20) 

11,348 
14,184 
6,756 
95 
- 
(107) 
659 

(205) 
(5,132) 
(4,611) 
(637) 
12,610 

(274) 
(5,608) 
1,731 
320 
(3,000) 

80,422 

(14,734) 
(4,589) 
(11,789) 
35 
- 

(31,077) 

242,490 
(1,292) 
3,588 
(72) 

244,714 

861 
16,789 
61,922 
      78,711 

      40,410 
2,339 

$ 

$ 

(367) 
293,692 
78,711 
     372,403 

       36,630 
2,071 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.   Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  

Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.  (Dolby  Laboratories,  we  or  us),  a  Delaware  corporation,  develops  and  delivers 
innovative  products  and  technologies  that  make  the  entertainment  experience  more  realistic  and  immersive  in 
theatres, homes, cars and elsewhere. Ray Dolby, our principal stockholder, founded Dolby Laboratories in 1965 to 
develop  noise  reduction  technologies.  Today,  we  deliver  a  broad  range  of  sound  technologies  for  use  in  both 
professional  and  consumer  applications. In  addition,  in recent  years we have  expanded  our focus  to  include other 
technologies that facilitate the delivery of digital entertainment. We conduct our business on a global basis.  

Principles of Consolidation  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include 
the accounts of Dolby Laboratories, our wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries in which we own a controlling 
interest.  In  addition,  we  have  consolidated  the  financial  results  of  affiliated  companies  we  own  jointly  with  our 
principal stockholder. The interest of our related parties in these consolidated affiliates is presented in the controlling 
interest  line  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements.  All  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation.  The financial results of our subsidiary Lake Technology Limited (Lake) are included in 
our consolidated financial statements using a three-month lag basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  In fiscal 2006, 
we  plan  on  eliminating  the  three-month  lag  treatment  and  consolidating  Lake’s  results  of  operations  on  a  current 
basis.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management 
to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  and  disclosed  in  our  consolidated 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include 
valuation  allowances  for  receivables,  inventories,  goodwill,  intangible  assets,  stock-based  compensation  and 
deferred income tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

Fiscal Year  

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Friday in September. The fiscal years presented 
herein include the 52-week periods ended September 26, 2003 (fiscal 2003) and September 24, 2004 (fiscal 2004)  
and the 53-week period ended on September 30, 2005 (fiscal 2005).  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investment instruments purchased with original maturities of 
three  months  or  less.  Our  cash  equivalents,  which  primarily  consist  of  money  market  funds,  are  recorded  at  cost, 
which approximates fair value.  

Concentration of Credit Risk  

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash 
equivalents  and  accounts  receivable.  We  deposit  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  accounts  with  major  financial 
institutions  and,  at  times,  such  investments  may  be  in  excess  of  federal  insured  limits.  Our  products  are  sold  to 
businesses primarily in the Americas and Europe, and our licensing revenue is primarily generated from customers 
outside  of  the  United  States.  We  manage  this  risk  by  evaluating  in  advance  the  financial  condition  and 
creditworthiness  of  our  product  and  production  services  customers.  We  perform  regular  evaluations  of  the 
creditworthiness of our licensing customers. In fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, no customer accounted for more than 
10% of our total revenue.  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We  continually  monitor  customer  payments  and  maintain  a  reserve  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  our 
customers’  inability  to  make  required  payments.  In  determining  the  reserve,  we  evaluate  the  collectibility  of  our 
accounts receivable based upon a variety of factors. In cases where we are aware of circumstances that may impair a 
specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific allowance against amounts due, and 
thereby  reduce  the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  reasonably  believed  to  be  collectible.  For  all  other 
customers,  we  recognize  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  our  actual  historical  write-off  experience  in 
conjunction with the length of time the receivables are past due, customer creditworthiness, geographic risk and the 
current business environment. Actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates. Our 
allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $2.1 million at September 24, 2004 and $2.0 million at September 30, 2005.  

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market (net realizable value). We evaluate our 
ending inventories for estimated excess quantities and obsolescence. Our evaluation includes the analysis of future 
sales demand by product, within specific time horizons. Inventories in excess of projected future demand are written 
down to net realizable value. In addition, we assess the impact of changing technology on our inventory balances 
and write-off inventories that are considered obsolete.  

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using 

a straight-line method based on estimated useful lives as follows:  

Systems and software..................................................   3 to 5 years 
Machinery and equipment...........................................   5 to 8 years 
Furniture and fixtures..................................................   8 years 
Buildings ....................................................................   20 years 
Leasehold improvements ............................................   Lesser of useful life or related lease term 

Internal Use Software  

We account for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the 
American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  Statement  of  Position  98-1,  “Accounting  for  the  Costs  of 
Computer  Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for  Internal  Use.”  We  capitalize  costs  of  materials,  consultants,  and 
payroll and payroll-related costs for employees incurred in developing internal use computer software. These costs 
are included in property, plant and equipment, net on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Costs incurred 
during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense. Our capitalized internal use 
software costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives of three to five years.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

 We account for goodwill in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill 
and  Other  Intangible  Assets,”  (SFAS  142),  which,  among  other  things,  establishes  new  standards  for  goodwill 
acquired  in  a  business  combination,  eliminates  the  amortization  of  goodwill  and  requires  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill and certain non-amortizing intangibles to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. As required by 
SFAS 142, we perform an impairment test on recorded goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of each of 
our reporting units to the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of each unit, including goodwill.  We had two 
reporting  units  for  purposes  of  goodwill  impairment  testing.    Our  estimation  of  the  fair  value  of  each  of  our 
reporting  units  requires  making  judgments  concerning  future  cash  flows  and  appropriate  discount  rates.    The 
estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  could  change  over  time  based  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  the  actual 
operating  performance  of  the  Company.    If  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  reporting  units, 
including  goodwill,  were  to  exceed  our  estimation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units,  we  would  record  an 
impairment charge in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of 
the goodwill. Our fiscal 2005 impairment test of goodwill, which was performed in the third fiscal quarter, resulted 
in no impairment charge.  

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
The following table outlines changes to the carrying amount of goodwill for each of our reporting segments:  

Technology 
Licensing 

Product 
Sales and 
Services 

(in thousands) 

Balance at September 26, 2003 .................................   $ 
Goodwill acquired – Lake ..................................  

          - 
10,654 

$ 

Balance at September 24, 2004 .................................  
Goodwill acquired – Lake ..................................  
Translation adjustments......................................  

10,654 
971 
533 

  $ 

  8,712 
2,664 

11,376 
198 
133 

Total 

  8,712 
13,318 

22,030 
1,169 
666 

Balance at September 30, 2005 .................................   $ 

12,158 

$ 

11,707 

  $ 

23,865 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-
Lived  Assets,”  (SFAS  144)  requires  that  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets,  with  definite  lives  be 
amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  and  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by 
comparison  of  its  carrying  amount  to  the  expected  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  that  the  asset  is  expected  to 
generate. If it is determined that an asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which 
the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  exceeds  its  fair  value.  Our  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  acquired 
technology, patents and trademarks and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives ranging from 
five to 15 years. No intangible or long-lived assets were impaired as of September 30, 2005.  

Financial Instruments  

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to interest rate changes on our facility 
debt  obligations.  The  swap  agreements  involve  the  exchange of  fixed  and variable  interest  rate  payments  without 
exchanging  the  notional  principal  amount.  The  arrangements  are  presented  at  fair  value  in  other  non-current 
liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses associated with the swap agreements 
are included in other income, net in our consolidated statements of operations.  

Revenue Recognition  

We enter into transactions to sell products and services and to license technology, trademarks and know-how. 
We evaluate revenue recognition for these transactions using the criteria (Revenue Recognition Criteria) set forth by 
the  SEC  in  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin 104,  “Revenue  Recognition,”  (SAB 104).  SAB 104  states  that  revenue  is 
recognized when each of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has 
occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is 
reasonably assured.  

Licensing.    Licensing  revenue  represents  amounts  earned  from  licensing  agreements  (royalties)  and  fees  for 
administering the licensing of “patent pools” containing patents owned by us and/or other companies. Royalties are 
recorded  at  their  gross  amounts,  while  fees  for  administering  the  licensing  of  patent  pools  are  recorded  net  of 
royalties payable to third-party patent pool members and are recognized when all Revenue Recognition Criteria have 
been  met.  We  determine  that  there  is  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  upon  the  execution  of  a  license 
agreement  or  upon  the  receipt  of  a  licensee’s  royalty  report  and  payment.  Royalties  are  deemed  fixed  or 
determinable upon verification of a licensee’s royalty report in accordance with the terms of the underlying executed 
agreement  or  receipt  of  a  licensee’s  royalty  report  and  payment.  We  determine  that  collectibility  is  reasonably 
assured  based on  evaluation  of  the  licensee’s  recent  payment  history  or  the  existence of  a  standby  letter-of-credit 
between the licensee’s financial institution and our financial institution. Deferred revenue represents amounts that 
are ultimately expected to be recognized as revenue, but for which not all Revenue Recognition Criteria have been 
met.  

Product sales.    Revenue from the sale of products is recognized when the risk of ownership has transferred to 
our customer as provided under the terms of the governing purchase agreement, typically the invoice we deliver to 
the  customer,  and  all  the  other  Revenue  Recognition  Criteria  have  been  met.  These  purchase  agreements  provide 
that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer when the product is shipped, except in specific instances in 
which certain foreign regulations stipulate that the risk of ownership is transferred to the customer upon their receipt 
of the shipment. In these instances, we recognize revenue when the product is received by the customer. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
Production services.    Production services revenue is recognized as the services related to a given project are 

performed and all the other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been met. 

Cost of Revenue  

Cost of licensing.    Cost of licensing consists principally of royalty obligations to third parties for the licensing 
of intellectual property rights that we sublicense as part of our licensing arrangements with our customers. Cost of 
licensing also includes amortization expenses associated with purchased intangibles.  Prior to February 16, 2005, our 
cost of licensing also included royalty obligations to Ray Dolby.  On February 16, 2005, Ray Dolby contributed to 
us all rights in the intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates held.  In connection with the 
asset  contribution,  our  previous  licensing  arrangements  with  Ray  Dolby  terminated,  and  we  have  no  further 
obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby.   

Cost of product sales.    Cost of product sales primarily consists of material costs related to the products sold, 
applied  labor  and  manufacturing  overhead.  Prior  to  February  16,  2005,  our  cost  of  product  sales  also  included 
royalty  obligations  for  technologies  we  licensed  from  Ray  Dolby.    These  royalty  obligations  terminated  in 
connection with Ray Dolby’s asset contribution discussed above.  

Cost of production services.    Cost of production services consists of the payroll and benefit costs of employees 
performing our professional services, the cost of outside consultants and reimbursable expenses incurred on behalf 
of the customer.  

Research and Development  

Research and development expense consists primarily of salary and related costs for personnel responsible for 

the research and development of new technologies; such costs are expensed as incurred.  

Advertising and Promotional Costs  

Advertising  and  promotional  costs  are  charged  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  at  the  time  the 
related  event  takes  place  and  were  $4.2  million,  $4.7  million  and  $12.2  million  for  fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005, 
respectively. At September 30, 2005, we had $1.0 million of prepaid advertising and promotional costs.  

Settlements  

Settlements include interest and penalties related to the collection of royalties and resolution of disputes in our 
favor  or  against  us.  Settlements  of  royalty  disputes  from  licensees  that  specifically  represent  unpaid  royalties  are 
recorded as licensing revenue in the period payment is received, if all other Revenue Recognition Criteria have been 
met. Settlements of other disputes, such as disputes with implementation licensees from which we typically do not 
receive  royalties,  are  recorded  in  settlements  which  is  a  component  of  operating  expenses.  In  fiscal  2005,  we 
received payments totaling $2.0 million in connection with the settlement of disputes with two of our semiconductor 
manufacturing  implementation  licensees  regarding  violation  of  the  terms  of  their  implementation  licensing 
agreements with us. In fiscal 2004, we received a $2.0 million payment in connection with a similar dispute with 
one of our semiconductor manufacturing implementation licensees.  

Foreign Currency Translation  

We  maintain  sales,  marketing  and  business  operations  in  foreign  countries,  most  significantly  in  the  United 
Kingdom.  The  financial  statements  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  are  translated  in  accordance  with  Statements  of 
Financial  Accounting  Standard  No. 52,  “Foreign  Currency  Translation.”  The  translation  of  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currency into United States dollars are made at the prevailing rate of exchange at the balance 
sheet date. Revenue, costs and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period.  Translation 
adjustments are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Assets  and  liability  accounts  of  our  subsidiaries,  which  are  held  in  currencies  other  than  the  subsidiary’s 
functional  currency,  are  remeasured  at  the  prevailing  rate  of  exchange  at  the  balance  sheet  date.    Any  gains  and 
losses are included in our consolidated statements of operations.  Net transaction gains, included in net income were 
$0.1 million, $0.3 million and $1.2 million in fiscal 2003, 2004 and fiscal 2005, respectively. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Income Taxes  

We  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  109, 
“Accounting for Income Taxes,” (SFAS 109). SFAS 109 requires the use of the asset and liability  method, under 
which  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  upon  the  difference  between  the  financial 
statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate 
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed. In assessing 
the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the 
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of 
future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the 
scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  projected  future  taxable  income  in  making  this  assessment.  We 
record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets when uncertainty regarding their realizability exists.  

Per Share Data 

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of 
Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding during the period.  Diluted net income per share is 
computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock 
and Class B common stock outstanding and the potential number of shares of dilutive Class A common stock and 
Class  B  common  stock  equivalents  outstanding  during  the  period.  The  dilutive  shares  are  comprised  entirely  of 
options to purchase shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share:  

Numerator: 
  Net income.........................................................   $ 

    30,969 

  $ 

    39,842 

  $ 

    52,293 

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

September 30, 
2005 

Denominator: 

Weighted average shares of Class A common 

stock and Class B common stock outstanding 
(basic) ...........................................................  

Common stock equivalents from options to 

purchase Class A common stock and Class B 
common stock...............................................  

Weighted average shares of Class A common 
stock, Class B common stock, and Class A 
and Class B common stock equivalents 
outstanding (diluted).....................................  

85,009 

85,556 

96,969 

1,075 

7,227 

7,251 

  Basic net income per share ................................   $ 
  Diluted net income per share .............................   $ 

        0.36 

        0.36 

  $ 
  $ 

        0.47 

        0.43 

  $ 
  $ 

86,084 

92,783 

104,220 

        0.54 

        0.50 

No  options  were  excluded  from  the  above  calculations  in  fiscal  2003  and  2004  because  their  exercise  prices 
were less than the average fair value of Class A common stock during the period.  A total of 1,338,250 options were 
excluded from the calculation for fiscal 2005 because their exercise prices were greater than the average fair value 
of Class A common stock during the period. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25, 
“Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees”  (APB  25)  and  related  interpretations  and  elected  to  utilize  the 
disclosure  option  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” (SFAS 123) as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” (SFAS 148). Under the provisions of APB 25 and related 
interpretations,  compensation  expense  is  to  be  recognized  when  options  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  are 
issued  below  the  fair  market  value  of  the  underlying  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.    The  amount  of  compensation 
expense to be recognized is equal to the intrinsic value per share, which is the difference between the exercise price 
and the fair market value at the date of grant.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
We have granted to our employees options to purchase shares of common stock at exercise prices equal to the 
fair market values of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our board of directors at that 
time of grant.  Prior to our initial public offering, our board determined these values principally based on valuation 
reports we obtained effective as of July each year.  Under the provisions of APB 25, in general, if the exercise price 
of stock awards granted to employees is equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, 
no stock-based compensation cost is recognized.  In connection with the preparation of the financial statements for 
our initial public offering we noted that the fair value of the shares subject to the equity awards granted during fiscal 
2004  and  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2005  were  significantly  less  than  the  valuations  that  our  underwriters  were 
discussing  with  us  in  connection  with  our  preparations  for  our  public  offering.    Therefore,  we  reassessed  the  fair 
market  value  of  our  common  stock  to  determine  whether  the  equity  awards  granted  during  this  period  had  a 
compensatory  element  that  should  be  reflected  in  our  financial  statements.    As  a  result,  we  recorded  deferred 
compensation  of  $38.4  million  during  fiscal  2004,  which  was  scheduled  to  be  amortized  over  a  four  year  period 
ended fiscal 2008 and $5.5 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2005 which was scheduled to be amortized over 
a 4 year period ended fiscal 2009.  We recorded stock-based compensation expense in connection with these awards 
of $5.6 million in fiscal 2004 and $13.2 million in fiscal 2005.  Subsequent to the effective date of our initial public 
offering,  all  options  to purchase  common  stock have been granted with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  market 
value  of  the  underlying  stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant,  as  quoted  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.    Under  the 
provisions of APB 25, no stock-based compensation was recognized related to these grants. 

The  table  below  summarizes  our  options  granted  during  fiscal  2004  and  2005  that  resulted  in  stock-based 
compensation  expense.  The  reassessed  fair  values  were  based  on  a  retrospective  analysis  conducted  by  our 
management.  

Month Ended 

Number of 
Shares 

Exercise Price 
Per Share 

Intrinsic Value 
Per Share 

Fair Value at 
Date of Grant 

Options Granted: 

December 2003 ....
117,500 
April 2004 ............ 4,975,000 
June 2004 .............
93,000 
August 2004 .........
176,000 
October 2004........
700,750 
November 2004....
80,000 
  6,142,250 

$2.08 
2.08 
2.08 
2.08 
6.29 
6.29 

$1.62 
7.28 
7.28 
7.28 
7.04 
7.04 

$ 3.70 
9.36 
9.36 
9.36 
13.33 
13.33 

Additionally, compensation expense was recognized on the issuance of 571,560 shares of fully vested Class B 
common stock to an executive officer which, at the date of grant, had an intrinsic value of $2.08 per share and a 
weighted average reassessed fair value of $3.70 per share. 

The fair value of our options to purchase Class A common stock and Class B common stock was estimated as of 
the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Limitations on the effectiveness of the Black-Scholes 
option pricing model are that it was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no 
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable, and that the model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions 
including expected stock price volatility.  

The fair value of our stock-based awards was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions for 

fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005:  

Expected life (in years)................................
Interest rate..................................................
Volatility .....................................................
Dividend yield .............................................

September 26, 
2003 
10 
3.9% 
84.8% 
- 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
6 
4.4% 
82.4% 
- 

September 30, 
2005 
6 
4.1% 
62.9% 
- 

Using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the estimated weighted average fair value of an option to purchase one 
share of Class A and Class B common stock granted during fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005 was $1.07, $8.24 and $10.38 
per option, respectively. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and net income per share as if we had applied the fair 

value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based awards for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005:  

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

September 30, 
2005 

Net income ..............................................................   $ 
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in 
reported net income, net of tax...........................  
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense under 
the fair value method, net of tax.........................  
Pro forma net income ..............................................   $ 
Basic net income per share......................................  
  As reported ........................................................   $ 
Pro forma ...........................................................   $ 

Diluted net income per share...................................  
  As reported ........................................................   $ 
Pro forma ...........................................................   $ 

    30,969 

  $ 

    39,842 

  $ 

    52,293 

- 

5,489 

12,333 

(2,123)

(8,300) 

(14,487)

    28,846 

  $ 

    37,031 

  $ 

    50,139 

        0.36 
        0.34 

  $ 
  $ 

        0.47 
        0.43 

  $ 
  $ 

        0.54 
        0.52 

        0.36 
        0.34 

  $ 
  $ 

        0.43 
        0.40 

  $ 
  $ 

        0.50 
        0.48 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards  

In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123R,  “Share-Based 
Payment” (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R requires compensation expense related to stock-based awards to be recognized 
in the financial statements. The amount of compensation expense will be measured based upon the fair value of the 
stock-based awards at the date of grant. Originally, this statement was effective for public companies as of the first 
interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. On April 14, 2005, the SEC adopted a rule that 
allows companies to implement SFAS 123R at the beginning of their next fiscal year, instead of the next reporting 
period that begins after June 15, 2005. Under such rules, we will adopt SFAS 123R in the first quarter of fiscal 2006. 
At  that  time,  we  will  begin recognizing  compensation  expense  related  to  unvested  stock-based  awards  and  newly 
granted  awards.    We  expect  stock-based  compensation  expense  under  SFAS  123R,  related  to  stock-based  awards 
issued through fiscal 2005, to be approximately $16.6 million, $15.3 million, $10.3 million and $2.2 million in fiscal 
2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.  We expect to grant additional stock-based awards in fiscal 2006 which 
will result in additional stock-based compensation expense. 

2.   Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions 

Restricted Cash 

Restricted  cash  includes  deposits  from  new  customers  that,  in  accordance  with  certain  of  our  licensing 
agreements, remain in escrow until we have rightful ownership of the funds which occurs upon delivery of certain 
materials. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable consists of the following: 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Trade accounts receivable, licensing ................................................  $ 
Trade accounts receivable, products and services ............................ 
Amounts receivable related to patent administration program......... 
Other accounts receivable ................................................................ 

Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts ........................................... 

  $ 

      7,012 
10,656 
2,362 
337 

20,367 
(2,110) 

       4,046 
9,349 
12,994 
862 

27,251 
(2,030) 

Accounts receivable, net............................................................  $ 

    18,257 

  $ 

     25,221 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market and consist of the following:  

Raw materials...................................................................................  $ 
Work in process................................................................................ 
Finished goods.................................................................................. 

      2,215 
1,689 
3,259 

  $ 

       2,376 
1,571 
7,775 

Total ..........................................................................................  $ 

      7,163 

  $ 

     11,722 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and consist of the following: 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Land..................................................................................................  $ 
Buildings .......................................................................................... 
Leasehold improvements.................................................................. 
Machinery and equipment ................................................................ 
Systems and software ....................................................................... 
Furniture and fixtures ....................................................................... 

Less:  Accumulated depreciation...................................................... 

  $ 

    14,640 
31,636 
34,324 
23,762 
16,491 
12,829 
133,682 
(61,349) 

     14,484 
30,911 
38,335 
23,316 
15,118 
14,051 
136,215 
(59,753) 

Property, plant and equipment, net ............................................  $ 

    72,333 

  $ 

     76,462 

Depreciation expense of $7.4 million, $7.8 million and $9.6 million in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively, 
is  included  in  cost  of  product  sales,  research  and  development  expense,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative 
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Following is a summary of goodwill and intangible assets: 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Amortized intangible assets: 

Acquired patents........................................................................  $ 
Acquired technology ................................................................. 
Other intangibles ....................................................................... 

      3,648 
3,470 
498 

  $ 

Less:  Accumulated amortization ..................................................... 

7,616 
(838) 

      4,489 
3,796 
11,507 

19,792 
(2,608) 

Intangible assets, net..................................................................  $ 

      6,778 

  $ 

    17,184 

Non-amortized intangible assets: 

Goodwill....................................................................................  $ 

    22,030 

  $ 

    23,865 

In  December  2004,  we  amended  a  royalty  agreement  with  a  third  party  that  was  originally  entered  into  in 
September  1999.  The  original  agreement  provided  us  an  exclusive  irrevocable  right  to  license  the  third  party’s 
technology to our customers in exchange for royalty payments based on a percentage of the royalties earned from 
our customers. In consideration of a lump sum payment of $11.0 million, the amended agreement eliminates all of 
our  future  royalty  payment  obligations  while  allowing  us  to  continue  our  exclusive  licensing  of  the  third  party’s 
technologies  for  the  life  of  the  underlying  intellectual  property.  The  $11.0  million  was  recorded  as  an  intangible 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
asset  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  is  being  amortized  over  a  10-year  period  representing  the  estimated 
useful life of the underlying intellectual property, with the amortization recorded as cost of licensing.  

Amortization expense associated with our intangible assets was $0.1 million, $0.8 million and $1.7 million in 
fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  cost  of  licensing,  cost  of  product  sales  and  selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Amortization  of 
intangible assets is expected to be approximately $2.1 million per year for the next five fiscal years.  

Investments  

At September 24, 2004, investments included our investment in a limited liability company we formed in May 
2000 with third parties to develop and market products to the entertainment technology industry. We invested $0.3 
million in fiscal 2002 and $0.3 million in fiscal 2003 for our 49% ownership interest in the company. We accounted 
for this investment under the equity method. In December 2004, we expensed the remaining $0.2 million balance of 
the investment as both parties agreed to dissolve the limited liability company.  Accordingly, at September 30, 2005, 
the investments balance is zero. 

Other Non-Current Assets  

Other assets consist primarily of supplemental retirement plan assets and long-term prepaid expenses.  In fiscal 
2004, other assets included capitalized expenses associated with our initial public offering, which were offset against 
the gross proceeds received in such offering.  

Other Accrued Liabilities  

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:  

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Accrued professional fees ................................................................  $ 
Current portion of litigation settlement ............................................ 
Amounts payable to patent pool partners ......................................... 
Acquisition consideration................................................................. 
Other accrued liabilities.................................................................... 

      5,254 
2,336 
4,079 
2,979 
12,212 

  $ 

      2,495 
2,417 
23,303 
- 
7,236 

Total other accrued liabilities ....................................................  $ 

    26,860 

  $ 

     35,451 

Debt  

We  maintain  three  term  loans  through  our  consolidated  affiliates  Dolby  Properties,  LLC,  Dolby  Properties 
Burbank, LLC and Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC, for financing commercial and real property at various 
locations  in  which  we  are  the  primary  tenant.  The  loans  are  collateralized  by  commercial  real  property  and  are 
guaranteed by Dolby Laboratories, Inc.  

Following is a summary of our debt balances:  

$12.0 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in 
monthly installments with remaining principal due May 2013 ...

$2.5 million term loan at 6.2% effective interest rate, repayable in 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

$ 

      8,462 

  $ 

      7,738 

monthly installments with remaining principal due April 2014 ..

1,893 

1,752 

Term loan denominated in U.K. pounds at 6.9% effective interest 
rate, repayable in quarterly installments with the remaining 
principal due April 2015..............................................................
Total debt.....................................................................................
Less:  Current portion ..................................................................
Total debt, less current portion.............................................

4,515 
14,870 
(1,290) 

3,980 

13,470 
(1,346) 

$ 

    13,580 

  $ 

    12,124 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fair value of our debt approximates the carrying value based on borrowing rates currently available to us for 

loans with similar terms and remaining maturities.  

We entered into interest rate swap arrangements to manage our exposure to unfavorable interest rate changes on 
our facility debt obligations. The swap agreements involve the exchange of fixed and variable interest rate payments 
without exchanging the notional principal amount. We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other 
than to hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Gains net of controlling interest associated with the swap 
agreements  of  $0.2  million,  for  fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005  are  included  in  our  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  

Following is summary of the maturities of our debt balances at September 30, 2005:  

Fiscal 2006 ...................................................................................................... $ 
Fiscal 2007 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2008 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2009 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2010 ......................................................................................................
Thereafter ........................................................................................................

Total Debt 
Payments 

(in thousands) 
       1,346 
1,412 
1,494 
1,571 
1,661 
5,986 

Total debt.................................................................................................. $ 

     13,470 

Other Non-Current Liabilities  

Following is a summary of the components of other non-current liabilities:  

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Long-term portion of litigation settlement .......................................  $ 
Supplemental retirement plan obligation.......................................... 
Long-term deferred revenue ............................................................. 
Interest rate swap agreements........................................................... 
Other liabilities................................................................................. 

    15,166 
5,777 
851 
1,083 
406 

  $ 

     12,944 
5,875 
1,864 
548 
725 

Total other non-current liabilities ..............................................  $ 

    23,283 

  $ 

     21,956 

Refer to Note 10 for further discussion of litigation settlement. 

3.   Business Combinations 

Cinea, Inc.  

In September 2003, we acquired all outstanding shares of Cinea Inc. (Cinea), to obtain its entertainment content 
protection  technology.  The  aggregate  purchase  price  was  $12.4  million,  of  which  the  final  installment  of 
$2.9 million plus accrued interest was paid in September 2005. Under the terms of the agreement, we have future 
payment  obligations  that  equal  approximately  5%  to  8%  of  the  revenue  generated  from  products  incorporating 
certain technologies we acquired in the transaction. The additional purchase consideration, if any, will be recorded 
as additional goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. This business combination was accounted for under the 
purchase method of accounting and the financial results of Cinea have been included in our consolidated financial 
statements since September 2003 (excluding those that are eliminated in consolidation). As of September 24, 2004, 
and  September  30,  2005,  no  additional  purchase  consideration  had  been  earned.  Cinea  continues  to  operate  as  a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Dolby Laboratories.  

The  total  purchase  price,  including  other  acquisition  related  costs,  was  $12.4  million  and  was  allocated  as 

follows:  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Goodwill ............................................................................................................  
Acquired technology..........................................................................................  
In-process research and development ................................................................  
Other intangible assets.......................................................................................  
Acquired liabilities, net......................................................................................  
Total purchase price 

Total Purchase 
Price 

(in thousands) 
   8,551 
$ 
2,680 
1,310 
340 
(516) 
 12,365 

$ 

Amounts  allocated  to  in-process  research  and  development  were  expensed  and  are  reflected  in  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  because  the  purchased  research  and  development  had  no 
alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. At the date of the acquisition, the Cinea product under 
development was approximately 50% complete.  

Lake Technology Limited  

In February 2004, we acquired a controlling interest in Lake Technology Limited (Lake). As of September 24, 
2004,  we  held  93%  of  the  outstanding  equity  of  Lake  at  a  total  cost  of  $17.0  million.  We  initiated  action  under 
Australian  law  to  allow  the  compulsory  acquisition  of  the  remaining  shares  outstanding.  In  December  2004,  the 
Australian court ruled in our favor permitting us to move forward to acquire the remaining 7% of Lake’s outstanding 
shares  at  the  same  price  we  paid  for  the  previously  purchased  shares.  We  have  accounted  for  the  business 
combination as a step-acquisition. Due to our majority ownership, the financial results of Lake are included in our 
consolidated  financial  statements  since  February  2004  using  a  three-month  lag  basis  (excluding  those  that  are 
eliminated in consolidation) in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In fiscal 2006, we plan on eliminating the three-month 
lag treatment and consolidating Lake’s results of operations on a current basis. 

The total purchase price to-date, including other acquisition related costs, was $17.0 million and $18.4 million 

on September 24, 2004 and September 30, 2005, respectively, and was allocated as follows:  

Goodwill...........................................................................................
In-process research and development...............................................
Patents ..............................................................................................
Developed technology......................................................................
Other intangible assets......................................................................
Acquired assets, net..........................................................................
Total purchase price 

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

  $ 

$ 

    13,318 
1,738 
948 
790 
158 
3 

    14,488 
1,738 
1,020 
982 
170 
3 

$ 

    16,955 

  $ 

    18,401 

Amounts  allocated  to  in-process  research  and  development  were  expensed  and  are  reflected  in  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations  because  the  purchased  research  and  development  had  no 
alternative uses and had not reached technological feasibility. In February 2004, the technology under development 
was approximately 27% complete.  

The pro forma effects of these acquisitions on fiscal 2004 and 2005 were not significant.  

4.   Income Taxes 

The components of our income before provision for income taxes and controlling interest are as follows:  

United States ............................................................  $ 
Foreign ..................................................................... 

    46,278 
1,332 

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(in thousands) 
    66,572 
1,520 

  $ 

September 30, 
2005 

  $ 

    92,121 
(903) 

Total ..................................................................  $ 

    47,610 

  $ 

    68,092 

  $ 

    91,218 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following: 

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(in thousands) 

September 30, 
2005 

Current: 

Federal ................................................................   $ 
State ....................................................................  
Foreign................................................................  
Total current.............................................................  $ 
Deferred: 

Federal ................................................................   $ 
State ....................................................................  
Foreign................................................................  

Total deferred........................................................... 
Total  ........................................................................  $ 

  $ 

      6,053 
125 
12,888 

    17,811 
3,849 
15,787 

  $ 

    26,071 
3,454 
7,912 

    19,066 

  $ 

    37,447 

  $ 

    37,437 

  $ 

    (2,223) 
(764) 
- 

(2,987) 

    (8,476) 
(1,650) 
- 

(10,126) 

  $ 

         748 
11 
(866) 

(107) 

    16,079 

  $ 

    27,321 

  $ 

    37,330 

United States income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided for on a cumulative total of 
$0.3  million  of  undistributed  earnings  for  certain  non-United  States  subsidiaries.  We  intend  to  reinvest  these 
earnings indefinitely in operations outside the United States. 

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes using enacted 
tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A summary of the tax effects of the 
temporary differences is as follows:  

September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

(in thousands) 

Deferred income tax assets: 

Investments......................................................................................... $ 

  Accounts receivable............................................................................
Inventories ..........................................................................................
Foreign net operating loss...................................................................
  Unrealized gain on investments..........................................................
State taxes...........................................................................................
  Other assets.........................................................................................
  Accrued expenses ...............................................................................
  Other non-current liabilities................................................................
  Revenue recognition ...........................................................................
Total gross deferred income tax assets......................................  

  Less: Valuation allowance..................................................................

          394 
815 
1,052 
1,139 
18 
367 
2,961 
2,103 
8,656 
25,108 

42,613 

(639) 

  $ 

          594 
818 
1,289 
4,774 
- 
- 
3,196 
4,708 
10,420 
24,185 

49,984 

(4,293) 

Total deferred income tax assets ...............................................   $ 

     41,974 

  $ 

     45,691 

Deferred income tax liabilities: 
  Translation adjustment ....................................................................... $ 
  Depreciation and amortization............................................................
Foreign withholding tax......................................................................
Foreign income tax .............................................................................
  Unrealized gain on investments..........................................................
Deferred income tax assets, net................................................................ $ 
The above deferred income tax assets, net have been classified in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows: 
Current deferred income tax assets .......................................................... $ 
Long-term deferred income tax assets, net...............................................
Deferred income tax assets, net................................................................ $ 

  $ 

    (1,325) 
(3,167) 
- 
- 
- 

    (2,237) 
(2,399) 
(2,182) 
(890) 
(19) 

     37,482 

  $ 

     37,964 

     30,813 
6,669 

  $ 

     31,183 
6,781 

     37,482 

  $ 

     37,964 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable  income  and  projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  periods  in 
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that the benefits of these deductible 
differences will be realized and, therefore, a valuation allowance is not required except for foreign net operating loss 
(NOL)  in  Australia.  This  NOL  of  $16.0  million  has  no  expiration  date.  The  ultimate  utilization  of  the  Australian 
NOL  will  be  dependent  upon  future  taxable  income  being  generated  in  Australia.  We  believe  that  sufficient 
uncertainty exists regarding the future realization of this NOL and have established a valuation allowance of $4.3 
million against this deferred tax asset, net of deferred tax liabilities, as of September 30, 2005. The amount of the 
deferred income tax asset, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during 
the carryforward period are reduced. The valuation allowance increased by $0.6 million and $3.7 million in fiscal 
2004 and 2005, respectively.  

A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as 

follows:  

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

Federal statutory rate................................................ 
State income taxes, net of federal effect................... 
Stock-based compensation expense rate .................. 
Loss from foreign corporations ................................ 
Tax credits................................................................ 
Other ........................................................................ 

Effective tax rate ............................................... 

35.0% 
4.6 
- 
- 
(4.5) 
(1.3) 

33.8% 

35.0% 
4.2 
2.4 
2.5 
(1.6) 
(2.4) 

40.1% 

35.0% 
3.7 
3.5 
2.1 
(2.7) 
(0.7) 

40.9% 

We  are  under  routine  tax  examinations.  We  believe  the  amounts  provided  are  adequate  to  cover  the  ultimate 

outcomes of these tax examinations.  

5.   Stockholders’ Equity 

Class A and Class B Common Stock  

Our board of directors has  authorized  two classes  of  common  stock,  Class  A  and  Class  B.  At  September  30, 
2005, we had authorized 500,000,000 Class A shares and 500,000,000 Class B shares. At September 30, 2005, we 
had  33,118,490  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  and  70,790,210  shares  of  Class  B  common  stock  outstanding. 
Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock have identical rights, except that holders of our Class A common 
stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share.  

Shares of Class B common stock can be converted to shares of Class A common stock at any time at the option 
of  the  stockholder  and  automatically  convert  upon  sale  or  transfer,  except  for  certain  transfers  specified  in  our 
amended  and restated  articles  of  incorporation.  All  references  to  shares of  common  stock  have  been  retroactively 
restated to reflect the amendment as if it had taken place at our inception. 

Stock Split 

In  January  2005,  in  connection  with  the  implementation  of  the  dual  class  stock  structure  described  above,  a 
five-for-one stock split was affected. All references to shares of common stock and related per share amounts have 
been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split as if it had taken place at our inception. 

Stock Incentive Plans  

2000  Stock  Incentive  Plan.    Effective  October  2000,  we  adopted  the  2000  Stock  Incentive  Plan.  The  2000 
Stock  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  in  April  2004  and  September  2004,  provides  for  the  issuance  of  incentive  and 
nonqualified  stock  options  to  employees,  directors  and  consultants  of  Dolby  Laboratories  to  purchase  up  to  15.1 
million shares of Class B common stock. Under the terms of this plan, options become exercisable as established by 
the board of directors (generally ratably over four years), and generally expire ten years after the date of the grant. 
Options granted under the plan are generally granted at not less than fair market value at the date of grant, but the 
plan permits options to be granted at less than fair value.  

A summary of the status of the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan is as follows:  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Outstanding Options 

Class B Shares 
Available for 
Grant 

Number of 
Class B Shares 
(in thousands, except for exercise prices) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Balance at September 27, 2002 ................................ 

  Grants .................................................................  
  Exercises.............................................................  
  Cancellations ......................................................  
Balance at September 26, 2003 ................................ 

  Grants .................................................................  
  Exercises.............................................................  
  Cancellations ......................................................  
Issuance of Class B stock award.........................  
  Amendment to 2000 Stock Incentive Plan .........  
Balance at September 24, 2004 ................................ 

  Grants .................................................................  
  Exercises.............................................................  
  Cancellations ......................................................  
  Rescission...........................................................  
Balance at September 30, 2005 ................................ 

8,283 

(1,979) 
- 
199 

6,503 

(5,362) 
- 
151 
(572) 
132 

852 

(907) 
- 
190 
- 

135 

6,706 

1,979 
(13) 
(199) 

8,473 

5,362 
(1,084) 
(151) 
- 
- 

12,600 

907 
(2,800) 
(190) 
28 

10,545 

$ 1.26 

1.26 
1.26 
1.26 

$ 1.26 

2.08 
1.26 
1.26 
- 
- 

$ 1.61 

7.44 
1.30 
4.14 
1.26 

$ 2.15 

As of September 30, 2005, there were options outstanding to purchase 10.5 million shares of Class B common 
stock, of which 4.9 million were vested and exercisable. The options outstanding have a remaining weighted average 
contractual life of eight years.  Subsequent to fiscal 2005, no further options will be granted under this plan. 

2005  Stock  Plan.    In  January  2005,  our  stockholders  approved  our  2005  Stock  Plan,  which  our  board  of 
directors adopted in November 2004.  The 2005 Stock Plan became effective on February 16, 2005, the day prior to 
the completion of our initial public offering. Our 2005 Stock Plan provides for the ability to grant incentive stock 
options,  non-statutory  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  stock  appreciation  rights,  deferred  stock  units,  performance 
units and performance shares. A total of 6,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock is authorized for issuance 
under the 2005 Stock Plan. Any shares subject to an award with a per share price less than the fair market value of 
our Class A common stock on the date of grant will be counted against the authorized share reserve as two shares for 
every  one  share  subject  to  the  award,  and  if  returned  to  the  2005  Stock  Plan,  such  shares  will  be  counted  as  two 
shares for every one share returned. 

A summary of the status of the 2005 Stock Plan is as follows:  

Outstanding Options 

Class A Shares 
Available for 
Grant 

Number of 
Class A Shares 
(in thousands, except for exercise prices) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Balance at plan inception on February 16, 2005 ...... 

  Grants .................................................................  
  Exercises.............................................................  
  Cancellations ......................................................  
Balance at September 30, 2005 ................................ 

6,000 

(1,384) 
- 
8 

4,624 

- 

1,384 
- 
(8) 

1,376 

- 

$ 19.19 
- 
19.20 

$ 19.19 

As of September 30, 2005, there were options outstanding to purchase 1.4 million shares of Class A common 
stock,  none  of  which  were  vested  and  exercisable.  The  options  outstanding  have  a  remaining  weighted  average 
contractual life of nine years.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  ranges  of  outstanding  and  exercisable  stock  options  at 

September 30, 2005:  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Range of Exercise Prices 

$1.00 - $1.50.................................................
$1.51 - $6.50.................................................
$6.51 - $15.50...............................................
$15.51 - $22.75.............................................

Outstanding Options 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life in 
Years 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

(shares in thousands) 
$ 1.26 
2.59 
14.71 
19.28 

6 
9 
9 
10 

Options Exercisable 

Class A 
and 
Class B 
Shares 

3,651 
1,282 
- 
- 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$ 1.26 
2.08 
- 
- 

Class A 
and 
Class B 
Shares 

4,561 
5,864 
154 
1,342 

The outstanding options to purchase 11.9 million shares of Class A and Class B common stock have vested or 

will vest as follows:  

2005 and Prior 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

Total 

Fiscal Year 

Number of Class A options ...  
Number of Class B options....  
Total .................................  

- 
4,933 
4,933 

342 
2,103 
2,445 

(in thousands) 
346 
  1,905 
  2,251 

347 
  1,398 
  1,745 

337 
206 
543 

4 
- 
4 

1,376 
  10,545 
  11,921 

Stock Appreciation Rights  

In fiscal year 2002, we issued 31,500 stock appreciation rights to certain employees based outside of the United 
States. All rights were granted at a price of $1.26 per share at the date of issuance and vest ratably over four years. 
The compensation expense related to this issuance due to changes in the fair value of our Class B common stock is 
recognized  over  the  vesting  period.  In  fiscal  year  2005,  we  issued  20,000  additional  stock  appreciation  rights  to 
certain employees based outside of the United States. All rights were granted at a weighted average price of $8.84 
per share at the date of issuance and vest ratably over four years.  As of September 30, 2005, a total of 42,500 stock 
appreciation rights were outstanding net of cancellations. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In January 2005, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan, or ESPP which allows eligible employees to have up to 10 percent of their eligible compensation withheld and 
used to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. The ESPP became effective on February 16, 2005, and the 
first purchase took place on November 15, 2005. For the first offering period, the plan provided for the purchase of 
shares at 95 percent of the lower of the closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the first or last day of the 
offering period. For subsequent offering periods, the purchase price will be 95 percent of the closing price on the 
New York Stock Exchange on the last day of the purchase period. With the exception of the first offering period, 
offering periods generally start on the first day on or after May 15th and November 15th of each year.  A total of 
1,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock are available for sale under the ESPP plan. 

6.   Retirement Plans 

We  maintain  a  tax-qualified  401(k)  retirement  plan  for  employees  in  the  United  States  called  the  “Dolby 
Laboratories, Inc. Retirement Plan.” Eligible employees are able to defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation 
subject to applicable Internal Revenue Code limits. The plan provides for a company matching contribution as well 
as  a  discretionary  profit  sharing  component.  Our  matching  and  profit  sharing  contributions  vest  over  a  five  year 
period based on years of service under the plan.  

Eligible employees in the United Kingdom may participate in the “Dolby Group Pension Plan,” and executives 
in  the  United  Kingdom  may  participate  in  the  “Dolby  Laboratories  Funded  Unapproved  Retirement  Benefits 
Scheme.” Similar to the 401(k) plan, these plans allow eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation 
and include matching and profit sharing components.  

Pension expenses for the United States plan were $3.9 million, $3.6 million and $3.8 million for fiscal 2003, 
2004 and 2005, respectively. Pension expenses for the United Kingdom plans were $0.4 million, $0.5 million and 
$0.6 million for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Pension expenses are included in cost of product sales, 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
cost of production services, research and development expense, and selling, general and administrative expense on 
the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  

We maintain a supplemental retirement plan for key executives. The plan is a defined contribution plan with a 
target benefit paid at age 65. Our contributions were based on the participant’s compensation and years of service. 
Expenses related to the plan of $0.4 million per year for fiscal 2003 and 2004 and are included in selling, general 
and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  In fiscal 2005, we ceased 
all  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  Amounts  due  to  participants  are  classified  in  other  non-current  liabilities  and 
investments  to  fund  the  liability  are  segregated  and  included  in  other  assets  on  the  accompanying  consolidated 
balance sheets.  

7.   Commitments and Contingencies 

Lease Commitments  

Rental expenses under operating leases were $4.3 million, $5.0 million and $5.6 million for fiscal 2003, 2004 
and  2005,  respectively.  These  amounts  include  expenses  for  rent  payable  to  our  principal  stockholder  of  $3.5 
million, $3.5 million and $3.5 million for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. We have future minimum rental 
commitments,  including  those  payable  to  our  principal  stockholder,  for  non-cancelable  operating  leases  on  office 
space as of September 30, 2005 as follows:  

Total Operating 
Lease Payments 

(in thousands) 

Fiscal 2006 ...................................................................................................... $ 
Fiscal 2007 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2008 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2009 ......................................................................................................
Fiscal 2010 ......................................................................................................
Thereafter ........................................................................................................
Total minimum lease payments................................................................

$ 

       2,988 
1,597 
1,045 
937 
866 
4,527 

    11,960 

Other Cash Obligations  

In  March  1997,  an  unrelated  third  party  filed  a  lawsuit  against  us  alleging  breach  of  a  written  agreement.  In 
April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million in ten equal annual installments of $3.0 
million  per  year  beginning  in  June  2002.  As  of  September  30,  2005,  we  had  $18.0  million  remaining  to  be  paid 
under this settlement. Refer to Note 10 for further discussion.  

Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement  to  acquire  all  outstanding  shares  of  Cinea  (see  Note  3),  we  have  future 
payment  obligations  that  equal  approximately  5%  to  8%  of  the  revenue  generated  from  products  incorporating 
certain technologies we acquired in the transaction.  As September 30, 2005, no additional purchase consideration 
had been earned.  

8.   Segment Information 

Operating Segments 

Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer (CEO). While the CEO evaluates results in a 
number of different ways, the primary basis for which the allocation of resources and financial results are assessed is 
by  examining  our  business  in  two  operating  segments:  the  technology  licensing  segment  and  the  products  and 
production services segment. The technology licensing segment licenses technology, trademarks and know-how to 
consumer  electronics,  personal  computer,  broadcast  and  professional  audio companies  and  administers  third-party 
patent-only licenses. The products and production services segment provides professional products to movie theatres 
and  to  the  recording,  broadcast,  cable  and  video  post-production  industries.  Additionally,  this  segment  provides 
services to broadcast, film production and distribution companies.  

Accounting policies for each of the operating segments are the same as those used on a consolidated basis. Our 

reportable segment information for fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005 is as follows:  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
September 26, 
2003 

Revenue 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 

(in thousands) 

September 30, 
2005 

Technology licensing ...............................................  $ 
Products and production services............................. 

  157,922 
59,550 

  $ 

  211,395 
77,646 

  $ 

  246,298 
81,669 

Total revenue.....................................................  $ 

  217,472 

  $ 

  289,041 

  $ 

  327,967 

September 26, 
2003 

Gross Margin 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 

(in thousands) 

September 30, 
2005 

Technology licensing ...............................................  $ 
Products and production services............................. 

  117,921 
25,908 

  $ 

  157,557 
39,979 

  $ 

  205,740 
42,009 

Total gross margin.............................................  $ 

  143,829 

  $ 

  197,536 

  $ 

  247,749 

Reconciliation to Income before Provision for Income Taxes 
and Controlling Interest 

September 26, 
2003 

Total segment gross margin .....................................  $ 
  Operating expenses.............................................  
  Other income (expenses), net .............................  
Income before provision for income taxes and 

  143,829 
(96,162) 
(57) 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 
(in thousands) 
  197,536 
(129,673) 
229 

  $ 

September 30, 
2005 

  $ 

  247,749 
(163,687) 
7,156 

controlling interest.............................................  $ 

    47,610 

  $ 

    68,092 

  $ 

    91,218 

We do not track capital expenditures or assets by operating segments. Consequently, it is not practical to show 

capital expenditures or assets by operating segment. 

Geographic Data 

Revenue by Geographic Region 

September 26, 
2003 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 24, 
2004 

(in thousands) 

September 30, 
2005 

United States ............................................................  $ 
International ............................................................. 

    55,351 
162,121 

  $ 

    74,144 
214,897 

  $ 

    91,831 
236,136 

Total revenue.....................................................  $ 

  217,472 

  $ 

  289,041 

  $ 

  327,967 

Revenue by geographic region was determined based on the location of our licensees for licensing revenue, the 
location of our direct customers for product sales, and the location where services were performed for production 
services revenue. Revenue generated from customers in Japan accounted for 28%, 26% and 23% of total revenue in 
the fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Revenue generated from customers in China accounted for 15%, 13% 
and  10% for fiscal  2003,  2004  and  2005,  respectively.  In fiscal  2003,  2004  and 2005, no  customer  accounted  for 
more than 10% of our total revenue.  

We do not track capital expenditures or assets by geographic region. Consequently, it is not practical to show 

capital expenditures or assets by geographic region. 

9.  Related Party Transactions 

Prior to our initial public offering, we had licensing and royalty agreements with Ray Dolby and his affiliates 
for the use of patents on which a portion of our operations is based.  Under these agreements we recorded expenses 
for  royalty  obligations  to  Ray  Dolby  of  $27.6  million,  $36.9  million  and  $18.7  million  for  fiscal  2003,  2004  and 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2005, respectively. These amounts are included in cost of licensing and cost of product sales in the accompanying 
consolidated statements of operations, depending on the nature of the licensed technology.  On February 16, 2005, 
Ray Dolby contributed to us all rights in the intellectual property related to our business that he and his affiliates 
held. In connection with the asset contribution, our previous licensing arrangements with Ray Dolby terminated, and 
we have no further obligation to pay royalties to Ray Dolby. As such, we did not record any expenses for royalty 
obligations to Ray Dolby subsequent to February 16, 2005.   

We  lease  our  San  Francisco  corporate  office  space  from  our  principal  stockholder.  The  lease  expires  on 
December 31, 2005. Annual rent under the lease was $3.5 million for each of fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005.   We are 
currently negotiating a new lease for a seven year term with two five year options to extend. 

We  are  the  minority  partner  in  entities  which  own  and  lease  commercial  property  in  the  United  States  and 
United Kingdom. Our principal stockholder is the controlling partner in each of these entities. These entities were 
established  for  the  purposes  of  purchasing  and  leasing  commercial  property  primarily  for  our  own  use.  While  a 
portion of the property is leased to third parties, we occupy a majority of the space. The debt used to finance the 
purchases  of  property  by  these  entities  is  collateralized  by  the  acquired  property  and  guaranteed  by  Dolby 
Laboratories.  Therefore,  given  that  these  affiliated  entities  are  an  integrated  part  of  our  operations,  we  have 
consolidated the entities’ assets and liabilities and results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. The 
share  of  earnings  and  net  assets  of  the  entities  attributable  to  the  controlling  partner  is  reflected  as  controlling 
interest  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  outstanding  principal  balance  on  the  debt  of 
these entities was $13.5 million at September 30, 2005. The carrying amount of property that is collateral for these 
entities’  debt  was  $29.9  million  at  September  30,  2005.  We  believe  that  the  current  market  value  of  the 
collateralized property is greater than the outstanding principal balances.  

Our ownership interest in the consolidated affiliated entities is as follows:  

Company Name 
Dolby Properties, LLC ....................................................................................
Dolby Properties Brisbane, LLC .....................................................................
Dolby Properties Burbank, LLC .....................................................................
Dolby Properties United Kingdom, LLC ........................................................
Dolby Properties, LP.......................................................................................

Ownership 
interest as of 
September 30, 
2005 
37.5% 
49.0% 
49.0% 
49.0% 
10.0% 

10.  Legal Proceedings 

In  May  2001, we filed  a  lawsuit  against  Lucent  Technologies, Inc.  and Lucent  Technologies Guardian I,  LLC 
together  “Lucent,”  contending  that  Lucent  was  wrongly  asserting  that  our  licensees  using  Dolby  AC-3  audio 
compression technology required licenses to the patents at issue and seeking a declaration that the patents at issue 
are not infringed and/or are invalid.  Lucent filed a counterclaim alleging that we have infringed the patents at issue.  
These patents generally involve a process and means for digitally encoding and decoding audio signals.  On April 
22, 2005, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California granted our motions for summary judgment, 
finding that we have not infringed, induced others to infringe, or contributed to the infringement of the patents at 
issue.  In granting summary judgment of non-infringement, the court found that Lucent had not presented evidence 
from which a reasonable fact-finder could find that Dolby AC-3 technology infringes the patents at issue.  In light of 
the  Court’s  finding  of  non-infringement,  it  dismissed  our  claims  that  the  Lucent  patents  are  invalid.    Lucent  has 
appealed  the  court’s  April  22,  2005,  ruling  granting  summary  judgment  of  non-infringement  to  the  United  States 
Federal Circuit Court of Appeals. 

In  March  1997,  an  unrelated  third  party  filed  a  lawsuit  against  us  alleging  breach  of  a  written  agreement.  In 
April 2002, we settled the dispute and agreed to pay a total of $30.0 million, without interest, in ten equal annual 
installments of $3.0 million per year beginning in June 2002. We recorded this liability at its present value of $24.2 
million on the consolidated balance sheet using a discount rate of 5.125%, which approximates our incremental cost 
of  borrowing  rate.  Interest  related  to  this  liability  is  recorded  quarterly  and  is  included  in  interest  expense  on  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Other  than  such  payments,  neither  party  has  any  material 
obligations as a result of the settlement. As of September 30, 2005, we had $18.0 million remaining to be paid under 
this settlement.  

In addition, we are involved in various legal proceedings from time  to time arising from the normal course of 
business activities, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights, commercial, employment 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
and other matters.  In our opinion, resolution of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect 
on our operating results or financial condition. However, it is possible that an unfavorable resolution of one or more 
such proceedings could materially affect our future operating results or financial condition in a particular period. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

We  maintain  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures,”  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a−15(e)  and 
15d−15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded, 
processed,  summarized,  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission 
rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that 
disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing 
disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the 
cost−benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and 
procedures also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no 
assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all 
potential future conditions.  

Subject to the limitations noted above, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls 
and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  covered  by  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10−K.  Based  on  that 
evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  our 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective to meet the objective for which they were designed and operate 
at the reasonable assurance level. 

We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 (Management Assessment of Internal Controls) of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  because  we  are  not  yet  an  accelerated  filer.  We  are  in  the  process  of  implementing  internal 
control  structures  and  procedures  for  our  financial  reporting  so  that  our  management  can  provide  the  required 
certifications as to these structures and procedures in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending 
September 29, 2006. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  year  ended  September  30, 
2005, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

PART III 

The information required by this item concerning our directors, compliance with Section 16 of the Securities 
and Exchange Act of 1934 and our code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial 
officer and principal accounting officer is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in the sections under 
the headings “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Election of 
Directors—Corporate Governance Matters—Code of Conduct” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2006 
(the "2006 Proxy Statement").  

Information  regarding  our  executive  officers  is  set  forth  in  Item  1  of  Part  I  of  this  Report  under  the  caption 

"Executive Officers of the Registrant." 

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  in  the  2006  Proxy 

Statement under the heading "Executive Compensation." 

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  in  the  2006  Proxy 
Statement  under  the  headings  "Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information"  and  "Security  Ownership  of  Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management." 

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  in  the  2006  Proxy 

Statement under the heading "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." 

ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  information  in  the  2006  Proxy 
Statement  under  the  heading  "Ratification  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  –  Principal 
Accounting Fees and Services." 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1.  Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-

K 

2.  Financial Statements Schedule: See “Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts” of this Form 10-K 
3.  Exhibits:  The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference 

as part of this Form 10-K. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Fiscal Year 

Charged to 
Operations 

Deductions 

(in thousands) 

Balance at 
End of  Fiscal 
Year 

For fiscal year ended September 26, 2003 
For fiscal year ended September 24, 2004 
For fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 

$           1,321 
2,565 
2,110 

$          1,753 
402 
95 

$          (509) 
(857) 
(174) 

$          2,565 
2,110 
2,031 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: December 19, 2005  

DOLBY LABORATORIES, INC. 

By:    /s/ Kevin J. Yeaman 
Kevin J. Yeaman 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes 
and appoints N. W. Jasper, Jr. and Kevin J. Yeaman, his attorney-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for 
him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, 
with exhibits thereto and other documents in connections therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
hereby ratifying and conforming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done 
by virtue of hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

DATE 

/s/ Ray Dolby 
Ray Dolby 

/s/ N. W. Jasper, Jr. 
N. W. Jasper, Jr. 

/s/ Kevin J. Yeaman 
Kevin J. Yeaman  

Chairman of the Board 

December 19, 2005 

President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

December 19, 2005 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) 

December 19, 2005 

/s/ Peter Gotcher 
Peter Gotcher 

Director 

/s/ Sanford Robertson 
Sanford Robertson 

Director 

/s/ Roger Siboni 
Roger Siboni 

Director 

86 

December 19, 2005 

December 19, 2005 

December 19, 2005 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number
2.1*

 Description
Asset Contribution Agreement dated November 19, 2004, by and between the 
Registrant, Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation, Ray Dolby individually, 
Ray Dolby as Trustee for the Ray Dolby Trust under the Dolby Family Trust 
instrument dated May 7, 1999, and Ray and Dagmar Dolby Investments L.P.

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

3.2

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws

4.1

Form of Registrant’s Class A Common Stock Certificate

10.1* 

10.2*

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant 
and its Directors and Officers
2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

10.3*

2005 Stock Plan 

10.4*
10.5*
 10.6*

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP")
Senior Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan
Description of Dolby Annual Incentive Plan for Fiscal 2005

10.7*

10.8*

Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme (United Kingdom) for David 
Watts
Forms of Stock Option Agreements under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan 

Incorporated by Reference Herein

Form
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 1

 Date

December 30, 2004

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 2

January 19, 2005

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)

November 19, 2004

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 1

December 30, 2004

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 3

November 19, 2004

January 31, 2005

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)

November 19, 2004

Current Report on Form 8−K
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 2

August 3, 2005
January 19, 2005

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
Current Report on Form 8−K
Current Report on Form 8−K

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

August 11, 2005
June 17, 2005
June 17, 2005

June 17, 2005

June 17, 2005
June 17, 2005

10.9*
10.10* 
10.11* 

10.12* 

Form of  Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan
Form of Executive Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Plan
Form of Executive Stock Option Agreement – United Kingdom under the 2005 
Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement – United Kingdom under the 2005 Stock Plan Current Report on Form 8−K

10.13* 
10.14* 

Form of Stock Option Agreement – Hong Kong under the 2005 Stock Plan
Form of Stock Option Agreement – International under the 2005 Stock Plan

Current Report on Form 8−K
Current Report on Form 8−K

10.15*

10.16*

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement – International under the 2005 
Stock Plan
Form of Subscription Agreement under the ESPP - U.S. Employees

Current Report on Form 8−K

June 17, 2005

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 2

January 19, 2005

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 1

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

December 30, 2004

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 3

January 31, 2005

Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614)
Registration Statement on Form S−1 (No. 
333−120614), Amendment No. 1

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

November 19, 2004

December 30, 2004

10.17*
10.18*
10.19*
10.20*
10.21*

10.22*

10.23*

10.24*

Form of Subscription Agreement under the ESPP - U.K. Employees
Form of Subscription Agreement under the ESPP - Hong Kong Employees
Form of Subscription Agreement under the ESPP - France Employees
Form of Subscription Agreement under the ESPP - Non-U.S. Employees
Offer Letter dated September 28, 2000, by and between Martin A. Jaffe and 
Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation
Offer Letter dated October 23, 2003, by and between Mark S. Anderson and 
Dolby Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation
At−Will Employment, Proprietary Rights, Non−Disclosure and No 
Conflicts−of−Interest Agreement, dated November 19, 2004, by and between 
Ray Dolby and Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
Employment Transition Agreement dated January 26, 2005 by and between 
Janet Daly and Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

10.25*

10.26*

Offer Letter dated October 4, 2005, by and between Kevin Yeaman and Dolby 
Laboratories, Inc., a California corporation
Lease for 100 Potrero Avenue, San Francisco, California

10.27*

Lease for 999 Brannan Street, San Francisco, California

10.28*

Lease for 175 South Hill Drive, Brisbane, California

10.29*

Lease for 3601 West Alameda Avenue, Burbank, California

10.30*

Leases for Wootton Bassett, England facilities

10.31† 

License Agreement effective January 1, 1992 by and between GTE 
Laboratories Incorporated and Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation

21.1
23.1
24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

List of significant subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference from the signature page of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 
13a−14(a) or 15d−14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes−Oxley Act
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 
13a−14(a) or 15d−14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes−Oxley Act
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes−Oxley Act

+ Confidential treatment has been granted for portions of this exhibit. 
* Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Management
and Directors

Senior Management and Officers

Ray Dolby
Chairman and Founder

Bill Jasper
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Mark Anderson
Vice President, General Counsel, and Corporate Secretary

Steve Forshay
Senior Vice President, Research

Marty Jaffe
Executive Vice President, Business Affairs

Tim Partridge
Senior Vice President and General Manager, 
Professional Division

Ed Schummer
Senior Vice President and General Manager, 
Consumer Division

David Watts
Executive Vice President, Managing Director (UK)

Kevin Yeaman
Chief Financial Officer

Outside Directors

Peter Gotcher
Sanford Robertson
Roger Siboni

Certifications
Dolby filed the certifications of its CEO and CFO required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 as exhibits to its Form 10-K for fiscal 2005. Dolby will be required to submit a CEO
certification to the NYSE within 30 days of the 2006 Stockholder Annual Meeting, which
certification will not include any qualifications. Dolby’s Class A common stock was not listed 
on the NYSE at the time of the 2005 Stockholder Annual Meeting; consequently, Dolby was not
required to submit a CEO certification to the NYSE at that time.

Form 10-K
A copy of Dolby’s Annual Report on Form 10-K may be ordered, viewed, or downloaded 
on the company’s website at http://investor.dolby.com.

Investor Relations

Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
100 Potrero Avenue
San Francisco, CA 94103
http://investor.dolby.com
Email: investor@dolby.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43010
Providence, RI 02940
1-800-587-3984
www.computershare.com/equiserve

Legal Counsel

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Palo Alto, CA

Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP
San Francisco, CA

Common Stock

Listed on New York Stock Exchange, Stock Symbol DLB

Dolby and the double-D symbol are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories. © 2006 Dolby Laboratories, Inc. 
All rights reserved. S06/16951